Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2013.

Registration No. 333-188813

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware   7311   20-5480343
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
(646) 723-5300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tremor Video, Inc.
53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
(646) 723-5300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Eric Jensen
Nicole Brookshire
Peyton Worley
Cooley LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Tel: (212) 479-6000
  Adam Lichstein
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating
Officer and General Counsel
53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
Tel: (646) 723-5300
  Selim Day
Michael Nordtvedt
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Tel: (212) 999-5800



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  8,625,000   $13.00   $112,125,000   $15,300

 

(1)
Includes 1,125,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act. Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3)
The registrant previously paid $11,770 of the registration fee with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer  o   Accelerated Filer  o   Non-accelerated Filer  ý   Smaller Reporting Company  o

           The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 14, 2013

             Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



        We are selling 7,500,000 shares of common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share. We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TRMR."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 1,125,000 additional shares to cover over-allotments of shares.


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" on page 11.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Tremor
 
Per Share   $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                           ,              .

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



Credit Suisse       Jefferies

Canaccord Genuity

 

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.



   

The date of this prospectus is                           , 2013.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    11  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    38  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    40  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    40  

CAPITALIZATION

    41  

DILUTION

    43  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    46  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    49  

BUSINESS

    74  

MANAGEMENT

    95  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    103  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    118  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    125  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    128  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    134  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    137  

UNDERWRITING

    141  

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

    144  

LEGAL MATTERS

    146  

EXPERTS

    146  

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    146  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    146  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  



         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                        , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

         For investors outside the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the sections titled "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Tremor Video," "company," "our," "us," and "we" in this prospectus to refer to Tremor Video, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Mission

        Our mission is to bring the certainty of science to the art of brand marketing.

Our Company

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion, reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. Despite this tremendous growth, several factors including audience and device fragmentation, inadequate brand-centric measurement and optimization technology, and lack of performance and placement transparency have made it challenging to effectively deliver online video advertising. Our technology is designed to address these challenges.

        Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices. We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which are served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when viewers are most engaged. This is in contrast to traditional in-banner video advertising, which is served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not be directing their attention. We further enhance advertisers' campaigns with innovative ad formats specifically developed to harness the creative aspects of online video, which often result in consumers choosing to extend their interaction with a brand's message significantly past the original ad experience. To align our solutions with the goals of brand advertisers, we offer a number of brand performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertising such as cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns.

 

1


Table of Contents

As a result, we enable our clients to effectively purchase measurable brand results rather than just impressions or clicks. We also license VideoHub technology to advertisers and their agencies through an intuitive and customizable console, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA.

        We have developed strong relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies, who we believe view us as a strategic and trusted partner with a deep understanding of their industry-specific needs. We have also developed strong relationships with publishers due to our ability to provide consistent yield and monetization for their video content. We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to premium video inventory in brand safe environments. We believe these relationships have created a network effect whereby advertisers increase their spend with us because of the results we deliver utilizing our proprietary technology and our publishers' premium inventory, which in turn allows us to attract additional high quality publishers and thereby additional advertising spend.

        From 2011 to 2012, our revenue increased from $90.3 million to $105.2 million. This included an increase in revenue derived from the delivery of in-stream video advertising from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%. Additionally, over this period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7%, driven in part by the adoption of our performance-based pricing models, while our net loss has decreased from $21.0 million to $16.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% and our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, our revenue from the delivery of in-stream video advertising increased from $15.7 million to $24.0 million, or 52.9%. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing for 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 7.9%, 22.7% and 36.1%, respectively.

Industry Background and Market Opportunity

        Advertisers often view the advertising market as a funnel that maps a potential consumer's purchase decision process from the moment he or she is introduced to a brand to the point of purchase. At the top of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on building brand awareness amongst the largest possible number of potential consumers and use reach as the primary metric to measure success. Traditionally, advertisers have preferred national television and outdoor media, such as a Super Bowl commercial or Times Square billboard, to achieve brand awareness. At the bottom of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on generating specific actions by a consumer in a short period of time. At this stage of the funnel, advertisers have generally relied on direct response marketing, such as newspaper inserts and coupons, as well as online search and display advertising, where conversions are used to measure campaign success.

        In the middle of the marketing funnel, advertisers seek to engage consumers and educate them about their brand in order to differentiate themselves from competitors and drive consumer preferences toward a particular branded product to influence future purchase decisions, which we refer to as brand lift. Historically, advertisers have sought to achieve middle of the funnel objectives through print, which can tell a deeper story about a product and its benefits, and allows the reader to linger as long as he or she likes, and to a lesser extent through local and cable television, which offers a more targeted audience for a product's message than national television. Traditional solutions for middle of the funnel marketing have significant limitations because they lack interactivity, the ability to measure and analyze the results of brand-centric ad campaigns in real-time and the ability to adjust campaigns in real-time to optimize for desired performance.

        We believe in-stream video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to meet their middle of the funnel objectives by combining the rich "sight, sound and motion" of television, the opt-in engagement of print and the real-time measurement and optimization capabilities of online.

 

2


Table of Contents

        Several factors, including the availability of high-speed broadband and mobile network infrastructure, growth of internet-connected devices capable of video consumption, an increase in online video content and a behavioral shift towards online video viewing, are driving robust growth in online video consumption and creating a significant opportunity for in-stream video advertising. As a result, online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States.

Tremor Video Technology and Solutions

        VideoHub powers our video advertising solutions to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers to achieve their middle of the funnel objectives.

        Through VideoHub we deliver:

    Brand-centric key performance indicators.   We have developed a suite of brand-centric key performance indicators, or KPIs, such as engagement (i.e., the interaction of a viewer with a video ad), brand lift (i.e., a positive shift in preference towards a brand or branded product driven by exposure to a video ad and brand education), and time spent (i.e., the amount of time a viewer spends with a video ad), which are tailored to the needs of brand advertisers.

    Brand-centric optimization.   Using a proprietary algorithm, VideoHub builds a decision tree that predicts performance of the video ad campaign for the chosen KPI based on its analysis of a series of attributes, which we call signals. VideoHub optimizes the campaign for the selected KPI by analyzing the signals of each ad request, such as video player size, geography, publisher, content category, length of video, browser type and viewer data, and prioritizing the delivery of ads that are more likely to perform.

    In-stream video analysis and categorization.   VideoHub performs an analysis on every video stream and categorizes it among one of approximately 72 video content categories enabling us to further optimize a video ad campaign.

    Ad performance transparency.   VideoHub offers advertisers transparency into the workings of its decision tree so that they can understand what signals are driving the performance of their video ad campaigns.

    Ad placement transparency.   VideoHub tracks the number of impressions served to a specific publisher site and whether a video ad placement is fully, partially, or not visible to a viewer, which we refer to as viewability. With this functionality, advertisers know where an ad campaign is running and can validate that their video ads are viewable.

    Cross site and channel measurement.   Our proprietary metric, eQ score+, allows advertisers to compare video inventory quality across different publisher sites by measuring attributes such as viewability, the size of the video player and ad completion rate. In addition, VideoHub provides advertisers and agencies access to metrics that measure audience reach and frequency of viewing by a particular audience, similar to what is used in the television industry, enabling them to compare the brand performance of their online and offline video ad campaigns.

        The Tremor Video Network offers advertisers access to premium video inventory at scale across multiple internet-connected devices in brand safe environments.

        Through the Tremor Video Network we deliver:

    Scale and reach across multiple devices.   The Tremor Video Network delivers scale and reach across multiple internet-connected devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets, and connected TVs, enabling our clients to use our solutions to address their online video advertising needs across these devices. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis.

 

3


Table of Contents

    Premium video content.   We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to high performing content in a brand safe environment.

    Brand safety.   Our technology prevents video ads from being served within content that is identified as objectionable for the brand advertiser, including content that contains accidents, distasteful or obscene language, substance abuse, violence, gambling, sex or crime.

    In-stream video focus.   We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which can be served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when they are most engaged.

    Advanced ad formats.   Our proprietary ad formats give brand advertisers the ability to create a more engaging experience across multiple internet-connected devices, allowing viewers to explore content within the ad itself and learn more about the brand.

    Innovative pricing models.   We offer innovative brand performance-based pricing for in-stream video advertising, such as CPE and cost per video completion, or CPVC, pricing where we are compensated only if the video is completed.

        We also license VideoHub technology, packaged with an intuitive and customizable user interface, to advertisers and their agencies through our VHA solution.

Competitive Strengths

        Our key competitive strengths include:

    Differentiated and proprietary technology that analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system signals and leverages our large repository of stored data to effectively optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics, while reducing operational complexity and cost.

    Our focus on innovation, which has allowed us to develop advanced ad formats, brand-centric performance-based pricing models, in-stream video analysis and categorization, and advanced analytical tools.

    Our strong multi-channel capabilities, which allow brand advertisers to deliver their video ad campaigns across multiple internet-connected devices. This alleviates their need to pursue an ad hoc approach with multiple providers.

    Strategic relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies that we serve through our highly experienced sales force and creative teams. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world, including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies.

    A publisher network consisting of more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Under our exclusive arrangements, the publishers' video inventory is only available through our sales force and our exclusive publishers' sales forces.

    A large repository of data generated from over 20 billion in-stream video ad impressions delivered through the Tremor Video Network. We leverage this data asset and the insights we have gained from the billions of video impressions we have previously delivered to continuously refine our algorithms and improve our optimization capabilities.

 

4


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

        The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

    continue to develop innovative solutions that improve the transparency and enhance the effectiveness of online video advertising;

    attract new advertisers and agencies and increase our share of advertising budgets from existing advertisers and agencies, and encourage advertisers to adopt performance-based pricing models;

    increase our penetration in mobile, which includes smartphones and tablets, and connected TV;

    attract new premium publisher partners and enter into new exclusive relationships where appropriate across multiple devices;

    pursue high margin licensing opportunities;

    extend our technology to brand-focused, programmatic buying for online video advertising; and

    selectively expand our presence internationally.

Risks Related to Our Business

        Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus captioned "Risk Factors." These risks include, among others:

    The market in which we compete and our business model is continuing to develop, therefore our past operating results may not be indicative of future performance and our future operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

    Unfavorable conditions in the global economy or reductions in digital advertising spend could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

    If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology and changing client needs, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

    The market in which we participate is intensely competitive and fragmented, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

    We may not be able to maintain our access to premium advertising inventory, and our growth could be impeded if we fail to acquire new advertising inventory.

    If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringe the intellectual property rights of others, our business could be harmed.

Corporate Information

        Tremor Video, Inc. was originally organized as Tremor Media, LLC in November 2005 and converted into a corporation named "Tremor Media, Inc." under the laws of the State of Delaware in September 2006. We changed our name to Tremor Video, Inc. in June 2011.

        Our principal executive office is located at 53 West 23 rd  Street, New York, New York 10010. Our telephone number is (646) 723-5300. Our website address is www.tremorvideo.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

        The Tremor Video logo and names Tremor Video, Tremor Video Network, VideoHub, VideoHub for Advertisers, VHA, eQ score+ and other trademarks or service marks of Tremor Video, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Tremor Video, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

Common stock offered by Tremor Video

  7,500,000 shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  48,498,103 shares

Over-allotment option

  1,125,000 shares

Use of proceeds

  The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not currently have any plans for any acquisitions. See the section of this prospectus titled "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

  See the section of this prospectus titled "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  "TRMR"

        The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and excludes:

    7,002,403 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.39 per share;

    299,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that were granted after March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.15 per share;

    1,333,333 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2013 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and which will contain provisions that automatically increase their share reserves each year; and

    142,534 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.21 per share.

        Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

    a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on June 13, 2013;

    the renaming of all of our Series I common stock as common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for Series I common stock as securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock effected on June 13, 2013;

    the reclassification of 1,266,883 outstanding options to acquire shares of Series II common stock into options to acquire an aggregate of 1,266,883 shares of our common stock effected on June 13, 2013;

    the automatic conversion of 1,047,357 outstanding shares of Series II common stock into an aggregate of 1,047,357 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering;

 

6


Table of Contents

    the automatic conversion of 32,563,192 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 33,247,315 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

    the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters' of their over-allotment option.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of such series automatically converts into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $13.997 per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 4,624,988 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For illustrative purposes only, the table below shows the number of shares of our common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of the Series F preferred stock at various initial public offering prices and the resulting total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as a result:

Assumed Public
Offering Price ($)
  Approximate
Series F Preferred
Stock Conversion Ratio
(#)
  Shares of Common
Stock Issuable upon
Conversion of Series F
Preferred Stock
(#)
  Total Common Stock
Outstanding After this
Offering
(#)
$11.00   1.2725   5,045,443   48,918,558
$11.50   1.2171   4,826,075   48,699,190
$12.00   1.1664   4,624,988   48,498,103
$12.50   1.1198   4,439,989   48,313,104
$13.00   1.0767   4,269,220   48,142,335

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        In the following tables, we provide our summary consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year. When you read this summary consolidated financial data, it is important that you read it together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except per share and share data)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development (1)

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing (1)

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative (1)

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expense

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (3.02 ) $ (2.22 ) $ (1.25 ) $ (0.67 )
                   

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (2)

        $ (0.61 )       $ (0.32 )
                       

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    6,952,952     7,499,986     7,318,320     7,729,218  
                   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (2)

          40,747,301           40,976,533  
                       

Other Financial Data:

                         

In-stream advertising revenue (3)

    75,500     99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

 

8


Table of Contents

 

 
   
  As of March 31, 2013  
 
  As of
December 31,
2012
  Actual   Pro forma
as
adjusted (5)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 32,533   $ 31,533   $ 112,416  

Working capital

    39,892     37,334     118,217  

Total assets

    129,723     122,196     203,079  

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,466     162,561      

Total liabilities

    30,729     27,670     26,572  

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (63,472 )   (68,035 )   176,507  

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   
(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma net loss per share by $0.10, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma net loss per share by $0.09, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. See the section of this prospectus titled "—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

(3)
In-stream advertising revenue is the revenue we generate solely from the sale of in-stream video ads.

(4)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may

 

9


Table of Contents

    represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (e) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                         

Other expense (income), net

    583     8     39     (5 )

Interest expense

    321     227     75     56  

Income tax expense

    223     280     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  
                   

Total net adjustments

    10,098     9,426     2,462     2,362  
                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )
                   
(5)
Reflects on a pro forma basis the conversion described in footnote (2) above and, on an as adjusted basis, our sale of 7,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $7.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

         Because our business model is continuing to develop, our past operating results may not be indicative of future performance, and our future operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

        We were formed in November 2005 and have a limited operating history. In 2011, we made the strategic decision to focus our media business on in-stream video advertising and to move away from in-banner video advertising, which may not prove to be a successful strategy. As a result of our focus on delivering in-stream video advertising, we have experienced a significant reduction in our in-banner revenue. Substantially all of our revenue in 2012 was generated by the sales of in-stream video ads through the Tremor Video Network. Additionally, in 2012, we began licensing our VHA solution to brand advertisers and their agencies. Although we have experienced significant growth in revenue generation in recent periods, our relatively short operating history and developing business model make it difficult to assess our future prospects. The success of our business faces a number of challenges, including:

        Our ability to meet these challenges will help determine whether we can successfully leverage our business model to achieve profitability and growth in the future. We cannot assure our ability to achieve this goal, to generate consistent and improving operating results, or even to maintain the same

11


Table of Contents

level of success that we have had to date. If we fail to meet these challenges, our operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

         We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

        We have incurred losses since we were formed and expect to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $21.0 million, $16.6 million and $5.2 million in 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $86.7 million as of March 31, 2013. We do not know if we will be able to achieve profitability or maintain profitability on a continued basis. Although our revenue has increased substantially in recent periods, we may not be able to maintain this rate of revenue growth. We anticipate that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we scale our business and expand our operations. In particular, we plan to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts and sales and marketing efforts and further increase the number of our licensing solution focused sales and marketing professionals. We also expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

         Unfavorable conditions in the global economy or the vertical markets we serve could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

        General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant instability in recent years. These conditions make it extremely difficult for brand advertisers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our brand advertisers to reduce or delay their advertising spending. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spending. For example, our operating results for the second and third quarters of 2011 were adversely affected by a reduction in video advertising spending because of uncertainty and volatility caused by the U.S. budget and European financial crises. Additionally, our operating results for the first quarter of 2012 were adversely affected by the challenging global economic outlook. If macroeconomic conditions deteriorate, advertisers may curtail or freeze spending on advertising in general and for solutions such as ours specifically. Furthermore, we generally sell through insertion orders with ad agencies. These insertion orders generally do not include long-term obligations and are cancelable upon short notice and without penalty in accordance with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. Any reduction in advertising spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

        In addition, our business may be materially and adversely affected by weak economic conditions in the specific vertical markets that we serve. In 2012, we derived the majority of our revenue from advertisers in the consumer packaged goods, entertainment and automotive industries.

        We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. In addition, even if the overall economy improves, we cannot assure you that the market for online video advertising solutions will experience growth or that we will experience growth.

         If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology and client needs, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

        Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new brand advertisers and increase spend by existing brand advertisers, we will need to expand and enhance our solutions to meet client needs, add functionality and address technological advancements. If we fail to develop new solutions that address brand advertiser needs, or enhance and improve our solutions in a timely manner or conform to industry standards, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our solutions, and our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

12


Table of Contents

        Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver video advertising solutions at lower prices or more efficiently or effectively than our solutions, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete. For example, if we fail to achieve success with a programmatic media buying solution or if our mobile solution, which we launched in the first quarter of 2011, is not considered effective, our business and growth prospects could be harmed.

         The market in which we participate is intensely competitive and fragmented, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

        The online video advertising market is highly competitive. We compete with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising networks and exchanges, such as BrightRoll, Inc. and YuMe, Inc. Our VHA solution competes with ad tech infrastructure companies, such as Adap.tv, Inc. and Videology, Inc. They, or other companies that offer competing advertising solutions, may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with brand advertisers, ad agencies, agency holding companies or publishers, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solutions and generate revenue. Competitive pressures could require us to reduce the prices we charge advertisers or increase the prices we pay to publishers. For example, the online video advertising industry has recently experienced and may continue to experience price erosion due to the influx of online video ad inventory as well as the automation of ad buying.

        In the traditional media space, our primary competitors for middle of the funnel advertising spend are mainly cable TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers. Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and Yahoo! Inc. as well as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have and may be less severely affected by changes in consumer preferences, regulations or other developments that may impact the online video advertising industry as a whole.

        Our business may suffer to the extent that our advertisers and publishers purchase and sell online video advertising directly from each other or through other companies that are able to become intermediaries between advertisers and publishers. New technologies and methods of buying advertising present a dynamic competitive challenge, as market participants offer multiple new products and services, such as analytics, programmatic media buying and exchanges, aimed at capturing advertising spend. If the market shifts towards such new technologies and we are unable to either provide such solutions in a compelling manner or otherwise compete with such shift in ad spending, we may incur increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share.

        We believe we compete for brand advertiser spend primarily on the basis of proven technology and optimization capabilities, pricing, quality and scale of online video inventory, depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers, multi-channel capabilities, brand-centric measurement, ability to ensure brand safety and transparency into ad performance and placement. Our competitors or potential competitors may adopt certain aspects of our business model, which could reduce our ability to differentiate our solutions. As market dynamics change, or as new and existing competitors introduce more competitive pricing or new or disruptive technologies, we may be unable to maintain our brand advertisers' existing spend with us, renew our agreements with existing exclusive premium publishers, or attract new advertisers or publishers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as previously used. As a result, we may be required to change our pricing model and incur additional expenses in response to competitive pressures, which could harm our revenue, profitability and operating results. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

13


Table of Contents

         We operate in a new and rapidly evolving industry. If the online video advertising industry does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

        Online video advertising is an emerging industry, and future demand and market acceptance for online video advertising is uncertain. Many brand advertisers have limited experience with online brand advertising, generally, and online video advertising specifically, and may continue to devote more significant portions of their advertising budgets to traditional, offline-based advertising, such as television and print, and may not devote significant portions of their advertising budgets to online video advertising. Additionally, we compete for online advertising spend with other products and technologies such as search, display and in-banner video as well as advertising networks and exchanges.

        We believe that the continued growth and acceptance of online video ad spending by brand advertisers generally will depend on the perceived effectiveness and the acceptance of our solutions, which are still emerging and evolving, and the continued growth in commercial use of online media, as well as other factors. Additionally, brand advertisers may find online video advertising to be less effective than traditional offline channels, such as television, newspapers, radio and billboards, or other online methods for promoting their products and services, and they may reduce their spending on online video advertising from current levels as a result. Accordingly, if the market for online video advertising deteriorates, or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

         We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network.

        We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network. Due to the concentration in our revenue, we are potentially subject to greater risks than more diversified companies. While we began licensing VHA in 2012, there can be no assurance that a market will develop for this solution or that licensing revenue will increase. Additionally, we may develop other solutions from time to time, such as a publisher-focused solution and a programmatic buying solution, but there can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these solutions or that a market will develop for them. As a result, we expect to be substantially dependent upon revenue generated from the Tremor Video Network for the foreseeable future. Due to our limited historical experience, we may not be able to accurately predict future usage trends.

         We may be unable to retain key advertisers, attract new advertisers or replace departing advertisers with advertisers that can provide comparable revenue to us.

        Our success requires us to maintain and expand our relationships with our existing brand advertisers, including the ad agencies that represent them, and to develop new relationships with other brand advertisers and ad agencies. Generally, we sell through insertion orders with ad agencies. These insertion orders generally do not include long-term obligations requiring them to purchase from us and are cancelable upon short notice and without penalty in accordance with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. As a result, we have limited visibility as to our future advertising revenue streams from our advertisers.

        Our advertisers' usage may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

14


Table of Contents

        If a major advertiser decides to materially reduce its advertising spend through the Tremor Video Network, it could do so on short or no notice. We cannot assure that our advertisers will continue to use the Tremor Video Network or that we will be able to replace in a timely or effective manner departing advertisers with new advertisers from whom we generate comparable revenue.

         If an advertiser fails to pay for ad requests that we have fulfilled, we would still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory.

        We purchase video ad inventory from our publishers to connect our advertiser clients with engaged audiences through the Tremor Video Network. If advertisers fail to pay for ad requests we have filled, we would still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory. Any significant failure by advertisers to pay us could adversely affect our operating results.

         We are highly dependent on advertising agencies and their holding companies as intermediaries, and this may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain business.

        Our business focuses on brand advertisers that rely upon advertising agencies in planning and purchasing advertising. Although we maintain relationships with the owners of brands, we do not contract with them directly. Instead, we sell to advertising agencies that utilize our solutions on behalf of their clients. Each advertising agency allocates advertising spend from brand advertisers across numerous channels. We do not have exclusive relationships with advertising agencies and we depend on agencies to work with us as they embark on marketing campaigns for brands.

        If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the brand advertisers represented by that agency. If the advertising agency is owned by a holding company, this risk is magnified because we also risk losing business from the other agencies owned by such holding company and the brand advertisers those agencies represent. Because advertising agencies act as intermediaries for multiple brand advertisers, our client base is more concentrated than might be reflected by the number of brand advertisers that run campaigns through the Tremor Video Network.

        Further, our revenue could be adversely impacted by industry changes relating to the use of advertising agencies. For example, if brand advertisers seek to bring their marketing campaigns in-house rather than using an advertising agency, we would need to enter agreements with the brand advertisers directly, which we might not be able to do and which could increase our sales and marketing expense. Moreover, as a result of dealing primarily with advertising agencies, advertisers may attribute the value we provide to the advertising agency rather than to us, further limiting our ability to develop long term relationships directly with brand advertisers. Brand advertisers may move from one advertising agency to another, and, accordingly, even if we have a positive relationship with an advertising agency, we may lose the underlying business when an advertiser switches to a new agency. The presence of advertising agencies as intermediaries between us and the advertisers thus creates a challenge to building our own brand awareness and affinity with the advertisers that are the ultimate source of our revenue.

        In addition, advertising agencies that are our clients also offer or may offer some of the components of our solutions, including selling ad inventory through their own trading desks. As such, these advertising agencies are, or may become, our competitors. If they further develop their

15


Table of Contents

capabilities, they may be more likely to offer their own solutions to advertisers, and our ability to compete effectively could be compromised.

         If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from performance-based advertising solutions, then our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

        The Tremor Video Network enables brand advertisers to only pay for advertising that "performed," i.e., on a cost per engagement, or CPE, basis, or cost per video completion, or CPVC, basis. The market for performance-based advertising solutions is evolving and has not yet been widely adopted by brand advertisers. A significant and growing portion of our revenue is generated from ad campaigns that are priced on a performance basis. Under performance-based pricing models, advertisers only pay us if the applicable engagement metrics are satisfied. For example, under our CPE pricing model, we bill the advertiser only for instances in which the viewer actively engages with the video ad, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds. We believe performance-based pricing generally provides greater margins than CPM priced campaigns, because we are often able to serve our advertisers' engagement goals with a lower number of purchased impressions. Historically, a larger portion of brand advertisers' online advertising budgets have been based on the number of impressions served, such as cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, without regard to performance, and such advertisers may be reluctant or slow to adopt performance-based pricing solutions. We are subject to the risk that we may purchase ad inventory that we are unable to monetize if the purchased inventory does not perform for our advertisers. If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from our performance-based advertising solutions, our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

         If we fail to maintain or increase our access to premium advertising inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

        Our success requires us to maintain and expand our access to premium video advertising inventory. We do not own or control the video ad inventory upon which our business depends. We purchase this ad inventory from our publishers generally either in exclusive one year agreements or by spot purchases. These publishers are generally not required to provide us with a specified level of inventory, and we cannot assure you that our exclusive publishers will renew their agreements with us or continue to make their ad inventory available to us. In addition, we review our publishers and have removed, and may in the future remove, publishers from our network based on the quality of the inventory, viewer experience and our confidence in the integrity of their ad requests. As a result, we may have limited visibility as to our future access to inventory from publishers. If a publisher decides not to make video ad inventory available to us or if we decide to remove a publisher from our network, we may not be able to replace this ad inventory with comparable ad inventory quickly enough to fulfill our brand advertisers' requests.

        Publishers have a variety of channels in which to sell their video ad inventory, including direct sales forces and ad exchanges. Under our exclusive arrangements, a publisher's direct sales force may sell their own video ad inventory, and many of our exclusive publishers maintain significant direct sales forces. Furthermore, the scope of exclusivity with respect to the third party monetization of video ad inventory varies with publishers, with some publishers imposing geographical, device, or inventory type limitations. Any increase in a publisher's direct sales efforts may negatively impact our access to that publisher's inventory. Additionally, if publishers sell their non-exclusive inventory through ad exchanges, or if our competitors offer higher prices for their ad inventory, our ability to obtain ad inventory on a cost-effective basis may be affected.

        If we are unable to maintain or increase our access to premium video ad inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

16


Table of Contents

         We may not be able to adequately satisfy the supply from our exclusive publishers with demand from our advertisers.

        Substantially all of our exclusive publisher agreements obligate us to fill a specified percentage of the video ad inventory that they make available to us, which we refer to as an ad request. In some cases, there is no cap on our fill obligation. If we are unable to deliver ad campaigns to this inventory, we will bear the loss on those unfilled ad requests. This risk can be magnified during certain times of the year when we see increased ad requests from our exclusive publishers coupled with reduced purchase demand from our advertisers.

        Additionally, in order to satisfy our required fill obligations, we may have to serve less optimized inventory to our advertisers. This may negatively impact the performance of an ad campaign, which could particularly impact us with respect to our campaigns that are priced on a performance basis. As a result, our margins may be negatively impacted even if we are able to fully satisfy the fill obligation.

        Any significant failure to adequately match demand from our advertisers with supply from our publishers would harm our operating results.

         If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact video ad campaign performance, we could lose the confidence of advertisers or agencies, which would cause our business to suffer.

        Our business relies on effectively and efficiently delivering video ad campaigns for brand advertisers. We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to fraudulent and malicious activities. An example of such activities would be the use of bots, non-human traffic delivered by machines that are designed to simulate human users and artificially inflate user traffic on websites. These activities could overstate the performance of any given video ad campaign and could harm our reputation. It may be difficult to detect fraudulent or malicious activity because we do not own content and rely in part on our publisher partners for controls with respect to such activity. While we assess the campaign performance on our publishers' websites, such assessments may not detect or prevent fraudulent or malicious activity. Further, we may need to improve over time our processes for assessing the quality of publisher ad requests. If fraudulent or other malicious activity is perpetrated by others, and we fail to detect or prevent it, the affected advertisers may experience or perceive a reduced return on their investment and our reputation may be harmed. High levels of fraudulent or malicious activity could lead to dissatisfaction with our solutions, refusals to pay, refund demands or withdrawal of future business. If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact the performance of our video ad campaigns, we could lose the confidence of our advertisers or agencies, which could cause our business to suffer.

         We only recently began licensing VHA and if a market for this solution fails to develop, our growth prospects could be adversely affected.

        We only recently began licensing VHA to advertisers and their agencies and are developing a licensed solution for publishers. Licensing these solutions is a key element of our growth strategy. Demand for these solutions by advertisers, agencies or publishers may not develop or may develop more slowly than we expect. Third parties from which we license certain data utilized by these solutions may terminate such licenses or be unwilling to renew such licenses on terms that are satisfactory to us. Additionally, our ability to measure campaigns running through publishers that do not provide inventory to the Tremor Video Network depends on such publishers accepting our tags on their sites. If a publisher does not accept our tags, VHA will not be able to track video ad campaign performance across these sites. This inability could potentially diminish the value of VHA for non-Tremor Video Network video ad campaigns. Additionally, our competitors may develop competitive solutions that gain greater market acceptance than our licensed solutions. If the market for these solutions fails to develop, our growth prospects could be adversely affected.

17


Table of Contents

         Our sales efforts with advertisers, agencies and publishers require significant time and expense.

        Attracting new brand advertisers, ad agencies and premium publishers requires significant time and expense, and we may not be successful in establishing new relationships or in maintaining or advancing our current relationships. For example, certain brand advertisers may have no or limited experience with online video advertising or may be unfamiliar with our solutions. In addition, brand advertisers' purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies. The process of selling our solutions to brand advertisers and ad agencies can therefore be time-consuming. With respect to our publishers, we often seek to establish exclusive long-term relationships to ensure access to premium content for our brand advertisers. As a result, we invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetization of their inventory with us rather than with third-party media networks and exchanges. The relationship building process can take many months and may not result in us winning an opportunity with any given advertiser, agency or publisher.

        Our technology and online video brand advertising are relatively new and often require us to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers and publishers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations and comparisons against other available services. This process can be costly and time-consuming. If we are not successful in streamlining our sales processes with advertisers and publishers, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected.

         We experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

        Our operating results have historically fluctuated and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. Given our relatively short operating history and the rapidly evolving online video advertising industry, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results.

        Factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

        Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods. If this happens, even just temporarily, the market price of our common stock may fall.

18


Table of Contents

         Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature.

        Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature, with the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year historically representing the largest percentage of our total revenue for the year and the first quarter of each calendar year historically representing the lowest percentage of our total revenue for the year. Many of the brand advertisers in the verticals we serve spend significant portions of their advertising budgets during the third quarter, in connection with summer, back to school and entertainment events, and in the fourth quarter, in connection with the holiday season. During the first quarter, brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending, and as a result, our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us. This combination generally results in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year. Our operating cash flows could also fluctuate materially from period to period as a result of these seasonal fluctuations.

         We have made and may make additional acquisitions that could entail significant execution, integration and operational risks.

        As part of our business strategy, we have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, companies, technologies and solutions that we believe complement our business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

        In addition, we may incur indebtedness to complete an acquisition, which may impose operational limitations, or issue equity securities, which would dilute our stockholders' ownership. We may also unknowingly inherit liabilities from acquired businesses or assets that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities. Additionally, acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results.

        Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address the risks described above could materially harm our business and financial results.

19


Table of Contents

         We have limited international operations and any future international expansion may expose us to several risks, such as difficulty adapting our solutions for international markets.

        We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our solutions abroad. During 2011 and 2012, more than 95% of our revenue was generated in the United States. While we have offices outside of North America in Singapore and the United Kingdom, substantially all of our operations are located in the United States.

        Any future international expansion of our business will involve a variety of risks, including:

        Operating internationally requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing and expanding our international operations will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability. If we invest substantial time and resources to establish and expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

        We have not engaged in currency hedging activities to limit risk of exchange rate fluctuations. Changes in exchange rates affect our costs and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside the United States and the amount of our stockholders' equity.

         Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

        Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds to expand our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or to make acquisitions. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund the expansion of

20


Table of Contents

our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities, which could harm our business and results of operations. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

         Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

        Our credit facility requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

        These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels. If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lender could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under other debt instruments.

        Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

         We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

        We have expanded our revenue, solutions, scale, employee headcount and overall business operations in recent periods. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational, product development, sales and marketing, administrative, financial and other resources. For instance, we expect to be substantially dependent on our direct sales force to obtain new clients, and we plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally. Newly hired sales personnel may not become productive as quickly as we would like, or at all, thus representing increased operating costs and lost opportunities which in turn would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

21


Table of Contents

        If we do not manage our growth effectively, successfully forecast demand for our solutions or manage our expected expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

         We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

        In addition to the continued services of William Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer, we believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our senior management, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced technical and other personnel in the United States and abroad. We do not have key person insurance on any of our executives. All of our employees, including our senior management, are free to terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business, technology and industry may be difficult to replace. In addition, we believe that our senior management has developed highly successful and effective working relationships. If one or more of these individuals leave, we may not be able to fully integrate new executives or replicate the current dynamic and working relationships that have developed among our executive officers and other key personnel, and our operations could suffer. Qualified technical personnel are in high demand, particularly in the digital media industry, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel also have greater resources than us. Additionally, volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract employees and retain our key employees. If we are unable to attract and retain our senior management and key employees, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

         Defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our advertisers' ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet our fill obligations with publishers.

        The technology underlying our solutions, including our proprietary technology and technology provided by third-parties, may contain material defects or errors that can adversely affect our ability to operate our business and cause significant harm to our reputation. This risk is compounded by the complexity of the technology underlying our solutions and the large amounts of data we utilize. Errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems in our solutions could result in the incomplete or inaccurate delivery of an ad campaign, including serving an ad campaign in an incomplete or inaccurate manner, in an incorrect geographical location or in an environment that is detrimental to the advertiser's brand health. Any such failure, malfunction, or disruption in service could result in damage to our reputation, our advertising clients withholding payment to us, advertisers or publishers making claims or initiating litigation against us, and our giving credits to our advertiser clients toward future advertising spend. In addition, the terms of our exclusive publisher agreements generally require us to pay for a percentage of the ad requests delivered by such publishers, even if we are unable to deliver our solutions due to disruptions in our technology. As a result, defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our advertisers' ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet our fill obligations with publishers.

         System failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

        Our success depends on the continuing and uninterrupted performance of our solutions, which we utilize to place video ads, monitor the performance of advertising campaigns, manage our advertising inventory and respond to publisher ad calls. Our revenue depends on our ability to categorize video content and deliver ads as well as measure campaigns on a real-time basis. Sustained or repeated

22


Table of Contents

system failures that interrupt our ability to deliver ads through the Tremor Video Network and provide access to our licensed solutions, including technological failures affecting our ability to deliver video ads quickly and accurately and to process viewers' responses to ads or fill publisher ad requests, could significantly reduce the attractiveness of our solutions and reduce our revenue. Our systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications failures, power outages, malicious human acts and natural disasters. In addition, any steps we take to increase the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures. Any such system failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

         Security breaches, computer viruses and computer hacking attacks could harm our business and results of operations.

        We collect, store and transmit information of, or on behalf of, our advertisers and publishers. We take steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. Security breaches, computer malware and computer hacking attacks have become more prevalent in our industry and may occur on our systems or those of our information technology vendors in the future. Any security breach caused by hacking, which involves efforts to gain unauthorized access to information or systems, or to cause intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, or the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses or other harmful software code could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, or loss of information, legal claims and litigation, indemnity obligations, regulatory fines and penalties, contractual obligations and liabilities, and other liabilities. In addition, if our security measures or those of our vendors are breached or unauthorized access to consumer data otherwise occurs, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, and advertisers or publishers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions.

        While we and our publishers have security measures in place, these systems and networks are subject to ongoing threats and, therefore, these security measures may be breached as a result of employee error, failure to implement appropriate processes and procedures, malfeasance, third-party action, including cyber attacks or other international misconduct by computer hackers or otherwise. This could result in one or more third parties obtaining unauthorized access to our publishers' or advertisers' data or our data, including personally identifiable information or other viewer data, intellectual property and other confidential business information. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our advertisers' data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information.

        Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures. Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or breach, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our network infrastructure or otherwise to maintain the confidentiality, security, and integrity of data that we store or otherwise maintain on behalf of third parties may harm our reputation and our relationships with advertisers, agencies or publishers or harm our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients. Any of these could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        If such unauthorized disclosure or access does occur, we may be required to notify our advertisers, agencies or publishers or those persons whose information was improperly used, disclosed or accessed. We may also be subject to claims of breach of contract for such use or disclosure, investigation and penalties by regulatory authorities and potential claims by persons whose information was improperly

23


Table of Contents

used or disclosed. The unauthorized use or disclosure of information may result in the termination of one or more of our commercial relationships or a reduction in advertiser, agency or publisher confidence and usage of our solutions. We may also be subject to litigation and regulatory action alleging the improper use, transmission or storage of confidential information, which could damage our reputation among our current and potential clients, require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and cause us to lose business and revenue.

         Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facility and other third parties could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our business.

        We currently utilize a single third-party data center hosting facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. All of our data storage and analytics are conducted on, and the video ad campaigns we deliver are processed through, servers in this facility. We also rely on bandwidth providers, internet service providers and mobile networks to deliver video ads. Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party data center or our other third-party providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our service. If for any reason our arrangements with our data center or third-party providers are terminated, we could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology, services and support. In addition, the failure of our data center or any other third-party providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions in the availability or functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations.

        The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close our third-party data center or the facilities of any third-party provider without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our solutions. While we have disaster recovery arrangements in place, they have not been tested under actual disasters or similar events and may not effectively permit us to continue to provide our solutions in the event of any problems with respect to our data center or any other third-party facilities. To date, we have not experienced these types of events, but we cannot provide any assurances that they will not occur in the future. If any such event were to occur to our business, the delivery of our solutions could be impaired and our business harmed.

         Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

        We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. At March 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $83.4 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2026. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets. Our NOLs may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

24


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Data Collection and Intellectual Property

         Our ability to generate revenue depends on our ability to collect and use significant amounts of data to deliver video ads, and any limitations on the collection and use of this data could significantly diminish the value of our solutions.

        Our ability to optimize the placement and scheduling of video advertisements for our advertisers and to grow our revenue depends on our ability to successfully leverage data that we collect from our advertisers, publishers, and third parties such as data providers. Our ability to successfully leverage such data, in turn, depends on our ability to collect and obtain rights to utilize such data.

        When we deliver a video ad, we are often able to collect anonymous information about the placement of the video ad and the interaction of the user with the video ad. We currently employ cookies to conduct online video ad campaigns. Cookies are small files of non-personalized information placed on an internet consumer's computer. The cookies are used to collect information related to the consumer, such as demographic information and history of the consumer's interactions with our advertisers' and our publishers' websites, and any video ads we deliver. We also employ cookies and mobile tracking technology to deliver reporting on ads on web publishers' sites and in mobile applications. We may also be able to collect information about the user's location. As we collect and aggregate this data provided by billions of video ad impressions, we analyze it in order to optimize the placement and delivery of video ads across the advertising inventory provided to us by publishers. For example, we may use the collected information to limit the number of times a specific video ad is presented to the user, to provide a video ad to only certain types of users, or to provide a report to an advertiser or publisher regarding the performance of an advertising campaign or inventory, respectively.

        We participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising. In addition, consumers can currently opt out of the placement or use of our cookies for online targeted advertising purposes by either deleting or disabling cookies on their browsers, visiting websites that allow consumers to place an opt-out cookie on their browsers, which instructs advertisers and their service providers not to use certain data about the consumer's online activity for the delivery of targeted advertising, or by downloading browser plug-ins and other tools that can be set to: (1) identify cookies and other tracking technologies used on websites; (2) prevent websites from placing third-party cookies and other tracking technologies on the consumer's browser; or (3) block the delivery of online advertisements on websites and applications.

        If consumer sentiment regarding privacy issues or the development and deployment of new browser solutions or other mechanisms that limit the use of cookies or other tracking technologies or data collected through use of such technologies results in a material increase in the number of consumers who choose to opt out or are otherwise using browsers where they need to, and fail to, configure the browser to accept cookies, our ability to collect valuable and actionable data would be impaired. Consumers may become increasingly resistant to the collection, use, and sharing of information used to deliver targeted advertising and may take steps to prevent such collection and use of information. Consumers may elect not to allow data collection, use, or sharing for targeted advertising for a number of reasons, such as privacy concerns or pricing mechanisms that may charge the user based upon the amount or types of data consumed on the device. Consumers may also elect to opt out of receiving targeted advertising specifically from our solutions.

        In order to effectively operate our video advertising campaigns, we collect data from advertisers, publishers, and other third parties. If we are not able to obtain sufficient rights to data from these third parties, we may not be able to utilize data in our solutions. Although our arrangements with advertisers and publishers generally permit us to collect non-personally identifiable and aggregate data from

25


Table of Contents

advertising campaigns, some of our advertisers and publishers do not allow us to collect some or all of this data or limit our use of this data, and future advertisers and publishers may do so in the future. For example, publishers may not agree to permit us to place our data collection tags on their sites or agree to provide us with the data generated by interactions with the content on their sites. It would be difficult to comply with these requests, and to do so would cause us to spend significant amounts of resources. It could also make it difficult for us to deliver effective advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

        We and many of our advertisers and publishers voluntarily participate in several trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practice guidelines or codes of conduct addressing the delivery of promotional content to users, and tracking of users or devices for the purpose of delivering targeted advertising. We could be adversely affected by changes to these guidelines and codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of U.S. or international regulatory authorities. If we are perceived as not operating in accordance with industry best practices or any such guidelines or codes with regard to privacy, our reputation may suffer, we could lose relationships with advertisers or publishers, and we could be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others as described below. Any limitation on our ability to collect data about user behavior and interaction with content could make it more difficult for us to deliver effective video advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

        Changes in device and software features and new technologies could make it easier for internet consumers to prevent the placement of cookies. In particular, the default settings of consumer devices and software may be set to prevent the placement of cookies unless the consumer actively elects to allow them. For example, Apple Inc.'s Safari browser currently does not accept third-party cookies as a default, and consumers must activate a browser setting to enable cookies to be set. Mozilla Corporation and Microsoft Inc. also have announced plans to adopt similar defaults in future versions of their respective Firefox and Internet Explorer browsers. On February 22, 2012, the Digital Advertising Alliance announced that its members will work to add browser-based header signals to the set of tools by which consumers can express their preferences not to be tracked online. On March 26, 2012, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, issued a report on consumer privacy, which calls for the development and implementation of a persistent Do Not Track mechanism to enable consumers to choose whether to allow the tracking of their online search and browsing activities. Various industry participants have worked to develop and finalize standards relating to a Do Not Track mechanism, and such standards may be implemented and adopted by industry participants at any time.

        Network carriers, providers of mobile device operating systems, and device manufacturers may also impact our ability to collect data on internet-connected devices. These carriers, operating system providers, and device manufacturers are increasingly promoting features that allow device users to disable some of the functionality of the device or its operating system, which may impair or disable the collection of data on their devices.

        Any interruptions, failures, or defects in our data collection, mining, analysis, and storage systems could limit our ability to aggregate and analyze user data from our clients' advertising campaigns. If that happens, we may not be able to optimize the placement of advertising for the benefit of our advertisers, which could make our solutions less valuable, and, as a result, we may lose clients and our revenue may decline.

         If web, smartphones, tablet and connected TV devices, their operating systems or content distribution channels, including those controlled by our competitors, develop in ways that prevent our advertising from being delivered to their users, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

        Our business model depends upon the continued compatibility of our solutions with most internet-connected devices across online, mobile, tablet and connected TV distribution channels, as well as the

26


Table of Contents

major operating systems that run on them. The design of these devices and operating systems are controlled by third parties with whom we do not have any formal relationships. These parties frequently introduce new devices, and from time to time they may introduce new operating systems or modify existing ones. In some cases, the parties that control the development of internet-connected devices and operating systems include companies that we regard as our competitors, including some of our most significant competitors. For example, Google Inc. controls the Android operating system and also controls a significant number of mobile devices. If our solutions were unable to work on these devices or operating systems, either because of technological constraints or because a maker of these devices or developer of these operating systems wished to impair our ability to provide video ads on them, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

         Our business practices with respect to data could give rise to liabilities or reputational harm as a result of governmental regulation, legal requirements or industry standards relating to consumer privacy and data protection.

        U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered, or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict our ability to collect, augment, analyze, use, and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online. Federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of data that we collect across our solutions. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, policies, and legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. As we expand our operations globally, compliance with regulations that differ from country to country may also impose substantial compliance burdens on our business. In particular, the European Union has traditionally taken a broader view as to what is considered personal information and has imposed greater obligations under data privacy laws and regulations. In addition, individual EU member countries have had discretion with respect to their interpretation and implementation of the regulations, which has resulted in variation of privacy standards from country to country. We may be subject to foreign laws regulating online and mobile advertising even in jurisdictions where we do not have any physical presence to the extent a digital media content provider has advertising inventory that we manage or to the extent that we collect and use data from consumers in those jurisdictions. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data security, or consumer protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy- or data security-related laws.

        Our subsidiary ScanScout was in the past subject to an FTC inquiry regarding its use of "Flash" cookies. As a result of our acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we are now subject to an FTC order regarding certain notice, disclosure and choice obligations regarding the use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising. See the section titled "Business—Government Regulation; Industry Alliances" for a more complete description of this order. In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of "Flash" cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

        The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is evolving, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at the advertising industry in particular. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and internationally, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways that would affect our business particularly with regard to collection or use of data to target ads to consumers.

27


Table of Contents

        A number of U.S. state and federal bills have been proposed and are under consideration that contain provisions that would regulate how companies, such as ours, can use cookies and other tracking technologies to collect and use information about individuals and their online behaviors. At least one such bill presently has been proposed in the U.S. Congress. The U.S. government, including the FTC and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices. The FTC has also adopted revisions to its rules implementing the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA Rules, effective July 1, 2013, that broaden the applicability of the COPPA Rules, including the types of information that would be subject to these regulations, and could effectively limit the information that we or our advertisers collect and use through certain online publishers and the content of video ads our advertisers may display.

        Many European Union member states are in the process of or have already enacted legislation to implement the European Union ePrivacy Directive (Directive 2009/136/EC amending Directive 2009/136/CE) requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements. In particular, to comply with certain of these requirements, the use of cookies or other similar technologies may require the user's affirmative, opt-in consent. Further, the European Commission has proposed a General Data Protection Regulation that may strengthen EU laws regarding notice and consent for tracking technology. The EU proposals, if implemented, may result in a greater compliance burden with respect to collecting information about persons in Europe. Complying with any new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategy.

        Any proceeding or action brought against us by a governmental entity or others relating to noncompliance with U.S federal, state, or international laws, self-regulatory requirements, policies, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or data protection could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our solutions, and ultimately result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our advertisers and publishers from the costs or consequences of noncompliance with privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements or other legal obligations, or inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of providing our solutions.

        Changes in global privacy-related laws and regulations and self-regulatory regimes may also impact our advertisers and publishers and adversely affect the demand for our solutions or otherwise harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For instance, privacy laws or regulations could require digital media content providers to take additional measures to facilitate consumer privacy preferences, in which case we will be reliant upon them to do so. In addition, digital media content providers could become subject to regulatory restrictions that would require them to limit or cease altogether the collection and/or use of data by third parties such as ourselves. For example, one potential form of restriction on the use of cookies would allow the website that the consumer has elected to visit, a first-party website, to continue to place cookies on the user's browser or device without explicit consent, but would require the user's explicit consent for a third party to place its cookies on the user's browser or device. Additionally, the March 2012 FTC staff report recommends that websites offer consumers a choice about whether the owner of the website can use third parties like us to track the activity for marketing purposes (e.g., delivery of targeted advertising). We are a third party in this context, and therefore currently depend on the ability to place our cookies on browsers and devices of users that visit the websites of our digital media content providers and to track devices for the purpose of ad delivery reporting on mobile devices, and if we were restricted from doing so because of compliance with laws or regulatory and industry best practices or recommendations

28


Table of Contents

by digital media content providers, our ability to gather the data on which we rely would be impaired. Further, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage to large competitors such as Google, Facebook, Microsoft, and Yahoo! who have heavily trafficked, first-party properties that would continue to have greater ability to collect visitor data and use such data for marketing purposes.

         Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business.

        We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names, one patent and several patent applications, as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, we may not be successful in executing these agreements with every party who has access to our confidential information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property. Those agreements that we do execute may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. These contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property by others. Breaches of the security of our solutions, databases or other resources could expose us to a risk of loss or unauthorized disclosure of information collected, stored, or transmitted for or on behalf of advertisers or publishers, or of cookies, data stored in cookies, other user information, or other proprietary or confidential information.

        We currently own one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain. Additionally, we currently own eight pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, although there can be no assurance that any of these patent applications will ultimately be issued a patent. We also register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as "Tremor Video." Any of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. While we have a patent and certain patent applications pending, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications. In addition, our existing patents and any patents that may be issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names or business names similar to ours. Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or using domain names and other trademarks that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brands, trademarks or service marks. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection are expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

        Additionally, in the United States, the central provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or AIA, became effective recently. Among other things, this law switched U.S. patent rights from the former "first-to-invent" system to a "first inventor-to-file" system. This may result in inventors and companies having to file patent applications more frequently to preserve rights in their inventions. This may favor larger competitors that have the resources to file more patent applications.

29


Table of Contents

        Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent their misappropriation or misuse. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our solutions or technology are hosted or available. Further, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. The laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering solutions that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our solutions. In addition, we may in the future find it necessary or appropriate to initiate infringement claims or litigation, whether to protect our intellectual property or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the intellectual property rights of others. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

         Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

        The online advertising industry is characterized by the existence of large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary rights. Companies in this industry are often required to defend against litigation claims that are based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use.

        Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. We currently face, and expect to face in the future, claims by third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other parties. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. From time to time, we or our clients may be subject to legal proceedings relating to our solutions or underlying technology and the intellectual property rights of others, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties.

        Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or infringing or misappropriating other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend, and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and we may receive unfavorable interim or preliminary rulings in the course of litigation. There can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. We may decide to settle lawsuits and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of

30


Table of Contents

complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. Claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights could:

        In addition, we may be exposed to claims that the content contained in ad campaigns violates the intellectual property or other rights of third parties. Such claims could be made directly against us or against the publishers from whom we purchase ad inventory. Generally, under our agreements with publishers, we are required to indemnify the publisher against any such claim with respect to an ad we served. We attempt to mitigate this exposure by generally requiring our advertisers and/or ad agencies to indemnify us for any damages from any such claims. There can be no assurance, however, that our advertisers will have the ability to satisfy their indemnification obligations to us, and pursuing any claims for indemnification may be costly or unsuccessful. As a result, we may be required to satisfy our indemnification obligations to our publishers or claims against us with our assets. This result could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

         We use open source software in our solutions that may subject our technology to general release or require us to re-engineer our solutions, which may cause harm to our business.

        Our technology incorporates or is distributed with software or data licensed from third parties, including some software distributed under so-called "open source" licenses, which we use without charge. Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain manners. Although we monitor our use of open source software, we cannot be sure that all open source software is reviewed prior to use in our proprietary software, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software, or that they will not do so in the future. Additionally, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. There is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our solutions to our clients. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop, using such open source software, to others on unfavorable license terms. As a result of our current or future use of open source software, we may

31


Table of Contents

face claims or litigation, be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages for breach of contract, re-engineer our technology, discontinue sales in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

         We rely on data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from other parties, the failure or loss of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent the delivery of our solutions.

        We utilize various types of data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from unaffiliated third parties in order to provide certain elements of our solutions. Any errors or defects in any third-party data or other technology could result in errors in our solutions that could harm our business. In addition, licensed technology, data, and intellectual property may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of these on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could result in delays in producing or delivering our solutions until equivalent data, other technology, or intellectual property is identified and integrated, which delays could harm our business. In this situation we would be required to either redesign our solutions to function with technology, data or intellectual property available from other parties or to develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs. Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions. If we fail to maintain or renegotiate any of these technology or intellectual property licenses, we could face significant delays and diversion of resources in attempting to develop similar or replacement technology, or to license and integrate a functional equivalent of the technology or intellectual property. The occurrence of any of these events may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

         If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal and disclosure controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements and other disclosures on a timely basis could be impaired.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing January 1, 2014, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; however, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an "emerging growth company." This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we were never required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. Moreover, if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

        We may in the future discover areas of our internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations

32


Table of Contents

in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

        If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures or proper and effective internal control over our financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements and other disclosures, and we may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

        As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an "emerging growth company," we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NYSE impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Also, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

         As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.

        We are an "emerging growth company" and, for as long as we continue to be an "emerging growth company," we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of "golden parachute" payments. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an "emerging growth company" as of the December 31 following such occurrence. Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions, in which case the price of our common stock may suffer or there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

33


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

         An active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell and may reduce the fair market value of their shares. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade.

         The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control including:

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

         Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that a substantial number of shares could be sold, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing

34


Table of Contents

of this offering, we will have 48,498,103 shares of common stock outstanding (or 49,623,103 shares assuming exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option in full) based on the 40,998,103 shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2013. All of the shares expected to be sold in this offering will be freely-tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless they are held by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of 40,922,107 shares, or 84.3% of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, for which 4,154,985 shares and 142,534 shares, respectively, were exercisable as of March 31, 2013 will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options or warrants and the expiration or waiver of any applicable lock-up agreements. For more information, see the section of this prospectus titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately 33,389,849 shares of our common stock (including shares underlying the warrants described in the section of this prospectus titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale") or 68.8% of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register for offer and sale all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus titled "Underwriting."

        Additionally, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may in their sole discretion and only with our consent, at any time with or without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these securities could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

        In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

         Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

        Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 71.1% of our outstanding common stock as of May 31, 2013, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own at least 60.6% of our common stock. These persons, acting together, are able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders.

35


Table of Contents

         Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        The primary purposes of the offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate access to public equity markets. Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

         If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business issues an adverse opinion of our company because we fail to meet their expectations or otherwise, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

         Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors or management and, therefore, depress the price of our common stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or our management. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

36


Table of Contents

        As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

37


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections of this prospectus entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "objective," "ongoing," "plan," "predict," "project," "potential," "should," "will," or "would," and or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

38


Table of Contents

        You should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

39


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of 7,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $80.9 million, or approximately $93.4 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $7.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

        The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not currently have any plans for any acquisitions. We may allocate funds from other sources to fund some or all of these activities.

        The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering.

        The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

40


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

        You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus titled "Selected Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2013  
 
  Actual   Pro forma as
adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,533   $ 112,416  
           

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,098      

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (2) :

             

32,742,929 shares authorized, 32,563,192 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  $ 162,561   $  

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

         

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 7,750,788 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 48,498,103 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (2)

    1     5  

Additional paid-in-capital (2)

    18,442     271,132  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    251     251  

Accumulated deficit

    (86,729)     (94,881)  
           

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (68,035)     176,507  
           

Total capitalization

  $ 95,624   $ 176,507  
           

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $7.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro

41


Table of Contents

    forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)
The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of these series of preferred stock automatically convert into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $13.997 per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 4,624,988 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. See the section of this prospectus titled "Prospectus Summary—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

        The pro forma as adjusted accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital amounts in the table above include the effects of a $7.9 million deemed dividend for the assumed fair value of additional shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our Series F preferred stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation" in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. The deemed dividend will increase the net loss allocable to common stockholders in the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share.

        The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes:

42


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

        As of March 31, 2013, our net tangible book value was $(121.9) million, or $(2.97) per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, assuming and after giving effect to (1) the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of our common stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (2) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders' deficit upon the closing of this offering, (3) the issuance of 7,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering and (4) receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $12.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.51 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.47 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 12.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2013

  $ (2.97 )      

Pro forma increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock

    3.97        

Pro forma increase per share attributable to reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability

    0.02        
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

  $ 1.02        

Pro forma as adjusted increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    1.51        
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

          2.53  
             

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

        $ 9.47  
             

        The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $7.0 million, or approximately $0.16 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.84 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase in the number of shares offered by us by 1,000,000 would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $11.2 million, or $0.18 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $9.29 per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, a decrease in the number of shares offered by us by 1,000,000 shares would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $11.2 million, or $0.18 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $9.65 per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and

43


Table of Contents

commissions. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. See the section of this prospectus titled "Prospectus Summary—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $2.72 per share, the increase in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.70 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $9.28 per share.

        The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis as described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid by or to be paid and the weighted-average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration    
 
 
  Weighted-
average price
per share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    40,998,103     84.5 % $ 181,029,000     66.8 % $ 4.42  

New investors

    7,500,000     15.5     90,000,000     33.2 %   12.00  
                         

Total

    48,498,103     100 % $ 271,029,000     100 %      
                         

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $7.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

        In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to 40,998,103, or 82.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to 8,625,000, or 17.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 40,998,103 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series II and preferred stock into an aggregate of 34,294,672 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of March 31, 2013:

44


Table of Contents

        The shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

45


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial data on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial data includes, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in these statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development (1)

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing (1)

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative (1)

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (3.02 ) $ (2.22 ) $ (1.25 ) $ (0.67 )
                   

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (2)

        $ (0.61 )       $ (0.32 )
                       

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    6,952,952     7,499,986     7,318,320     7,729,218  
                   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (2)

          40,747,301           40,976,533  
                       

Other Financial Data:

                         

In-stream advertising revenue (3)

  $ 75,500   $ 99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

46


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,   As of March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 40,366   $ 32,533   $ 31,533  

Working capital

    49,601     39,892     37,334  

Total assets

    137,980     129,723     122,196  

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,082     162,466     162,561  

Total liabilities

    26,506     30,729     27,670  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (50,608 )   (63,472 )   (68,035 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   
(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, as though the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock occurred on the first day of the relevant period. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of the preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma net loss per share by $0.10, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma net loss per share by $0.09, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. See the section of this prospectus titled "Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

(3)
In-stream advertising revenue is the revenue we generate solely from the sale of in-stream video ads.

(4)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (e) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

47


Table of Contents

    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                         

Other expense (income), net

    583     8     39     (5 )

Interest expense

    321     227     75     56  

Income tax expense

    223     280     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  
                   

Total net adjustments

    10,098     9,426     2,462     2,362  
                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )
                   

48


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included later in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        We derive substantially all of our revenue by delivering in-stream video advertising on behalf of a diversified base of brand advertisers in the United States through the Tremor Video Network. We also recently began licensing VideoHub technology to advertisers and agencies through an intuitive, customizable user interface, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA.

        We were organized in 2005 and initially we delivered both video display and banner ads, which we refer to as in-banner video ads, and in-stream video ads. In late 2010, we completed the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc., or ScanScout, through which we acquired our differentiating video analysis and optimization technology. In 2011, we enhanced and integrated this technology into our solutions and, consistent with our focus on being a strategic partner for brand advertisers, we decided to focus our business solely on in-stream video advertising and to move away from in-banner video advertising. In-stream video ads are better suited for brand advertisers because they can be served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content commanding attention when viewers are most engaged as opposed to in-banner video ads, which are served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not direct their attention. We believe our market opportunity and growth prospects will be enhanced by our focus on in-stream video ads because such ads are better suited to address advertisers' brand-centric goals. As such, we have increased our technology investments and sales focus on our in-stream products and deemphasized investments in and sales of in-banner products. As a result of our focus on delivering in-stream advertising coupled with our differentiated optimization technology, we have experienced significant growth in our in-stream video advertising revenue. From 2011 to 2012, our in-stream video advertising revenue grew from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, our in-stream video advertising revenue grew from $15.7 million to $24.0 million, or 52.9%. Consistent with our strategy, our revenue from in-banner advertising revenue declined from $14.8 million to $3.8 million from 2011 to 2012. Our revenue from in-banner video ads was $1.2 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We do not expect revenue from in-banner video ads to be meaningful in future periods.

49


Table of Contents

        To further align the Tremor Video Network with the needs of brand advertisers, we offer a number of performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertisements. These models include cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds, and cost per video completion, or CPVC, pricing where we are compensated only when a viewer completes the video ad. We believe our performance-based pricing models offer higher gross margins than traditional cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, pricing models, which are based solely on the number of ad impressions delivered, because we are often able to serve our advertisers' performance goals with a lower number of purchased impressions. As viewers increase time spent viewing video on internet-connected devices such as smartphones and tablets, we expect brand advertisers to devote increasing amounts of advertising spend to these channels. Smartphones and tablets are inherently interactive and we believe that our in-stream advertising capabilities and higher margin CPE pricing model is well suited to address the growing market for mobile video ads. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing, such as CPE and CPVC, for 2011 and 2012 was 7.9% and 22.7%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, was 14.2% and 36.1% respectively. We intend to continue to increase the sales of video ad campaigns with performance-based pricing to drive revenue growth and increased margins.

        In 2012, we also began licensing VideoHub technology to advertisers and agencies through VHA. VHA affords advertisers transparency and analytical tools to measure the effectiveness of video ad campaigns across all of their video ad buys, whether or not those campaigns are run through the Tremor Video Network. We are also investing in the development of an enterprise solution for publishers to enable their direct sales force to better monetize their video ad inventory. In 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we generated $1.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of licensing revenue from our advertiser and publisher solutions, and we expect licensing revenue to increase in future periods. We believe that our margins on our licensing revenue will be higher than those for the Tremor Video Network.

        We have increased our revenue from $90.3 million in 2011 to $105.2 million in 2012. Over the same period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7% due in part to the contribution of revenue derived from CPE and CPVC sales. Our net loss decreased from $21.0 million in 2011 to $16.6 million in 2012. Our Adjusted EBITDA improved from a loss of $10.9 million in 2011 to a loss of $7.2 million in 2012, as we improved the operating leverage in our business. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% due in part to the contribution of revenue derived from CPE and CPVC sales, our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million and our Adjusted EBITDA improved from a loss of $6.7 million to a loss of $2.8 million as we continued to improve the operating leverage in our business.

50


Table of Contents

Key Metrics

        We monitor the key metrics set forth in the table below to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess our operational efficiencies.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Gross margin

    35.2 %   41.7 %   31.9 %   44.1 %

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

In-stream advertising revenue

  $ 75,500   $ 99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

        In the past, we generated a significant portion of revenue from the delivery of in-banner video ads. Beginning in 2011, we shifted our focus to in-stream video ads. As a result, revenue from the delivery of in-stream video ads has increased year over year as a percentage of our total revenue, and revenue from the delivery of in-banner video ads has decreased. By the end of 2013, we do not expect to have meaningful revenue from in-banner ads.

        Historically, gross margin has been positively affected by campaigns priced on a performance basis. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing, such as CPE and CPVC, for 2011 and 2012 was 7.9% and 22.7%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, was 14.2% and 36.1%, respectively. We anticipate that there will be a continued shift towards performance-based pricing.

        In 2012, we also began to license VideoHub technology to advertisers and agencies through VHA. In the near-term, we are investing in the development of our publisher solution and programmatic buying solution, the enhancement of our VHA solution, and the expansion of our sales and support for these solutions. Over time we expect the licensing portion of our business to become a more significant contributor to our operating results, which we believe would have a positive impact on our gross margin.

        Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, and adjusted to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash item. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of exclusion of the impact of stock-based compensation, excludes an item that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please see footnote (4) to the table in the section titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA" in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

51


Table of Contents

Components of Operating Results

        We operate in one segment, online video advertising services. The key elements of our operating results include:

        We generate revenue primarily by delivering in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. In 2012, we also began selling licenses to advertisers to use VHA.

        We generally price delivery of our video ads on a CPM, CPE or CPVC basis. We recognize revenue for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of impressions served for CPM ad campaigns, engagement by the consumer with a video ad for CPE ad campaigns and the completion of a video ad for CPVC ad campaigns. The prices we charge our clients also vary depending upon the ad format chosen and the device type through which the campaign runs, but are generally consistent across computers, smartphones and tablets. We offer our Tremor Video Network solution to advertisers by entering into insertion orders with ad agencies on behalf of advertisers. These insertion orders are cancellable upon short notice and without penalty consistent with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising for media buys one year or less published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau.

        We recently began generating revenue from licenses of VHA to advertisers and agencies. We provide basic VHA access to advertisers with respect to their video ad campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network and charge a license fee for advanced analytics. We also license VHA to advertisers and agencies for video advertising campaigns running outside the Tremor Video Network. The license fee varies depending upon the level of access to our video advertising analytics and the volume of impressions being analyzed through VHA. We recognize revenue with respect to this solution on a CPM basis based upon the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. In limited cases, we charge a minimum monthly fee. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods. In 2012, we also generated licensing revenue from a publisher focused solution based on assets acquired from Tube Mogul, Inc., or TubeMogul, in January 2012.

        Our revenue recognition policies are discussed in more detail in the section below titled "—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates."

        Our cost of revenue primarily represents the video advertising inventory costs under our publisher contracts, third party hosting fees, and third party serving fees incurred to deliver the video ads run through the Tremor Video Network. Cost of revenue also includes costs from our licenses from third party data providers utilized in our VHA solution. Substantially all of our cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under our publisher contracts. We recognize cost of revenue on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time as we recognize the associated advertising revenue. Substantially all of our exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that we must purchase this inventory from our exclusive publishers even if we lack a video advertising campaign to deliver. We recognize the difference between our contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered by us on the publisher's website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period. Historically, the impact of the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material. Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

52


Table of Contents

    Operating Expenses

        Operating expenses consist of technology and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization expenses. Salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs are the most significant components of each of these expense categories other than depreciation and amortization expenses. We grew from 185 employees at January 1, 2011 to 249 employees at March 31, 2013, and we expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our anticipated revenue growth. We include stock-based compensation expense in connection with the grant of stock options in the applicable operating expense category based on the respective equity award recipient's function.

        Technology and Development Expense.     Technology and development expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel. Additional expenses in this category include costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and maintenance and enhancement of existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead. We engage third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance and support. Due to the rapid development and changes in our business, we have expensed technology and development expenses in the same year that the costs are incurred. The number of employees in technology and development functions grew from 44 at January 1, 2011 to 68 at March 31, 2013. We intend to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts by hiring additional personnel and by using outside consulting firms for various initiatives. We believe continuing to invest in technology and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position.

        Sales and Marketing Expense.     Sales and marketing expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for our marketing and creative employees and our advertiser focused, publisher focused and licensing solution focused sales and sales support employees. Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. The number of employees in sales and marketing functions grew from 115 at January 1, 2011 to 154 at March 31, 2013. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to grow the Tremor Video Network, further increase the number of our licensing solution focused sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities.

        General and Administrative Expense.     General and administrative expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for business operations, administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources employees. Additional expenses in this category include consulting and professional fees, travel, insurance and other corporate expenses. The number of employees in general and administrative functions grew from 26 at January 1, 2011 to 27 at March 31, 2013. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company and the continuing growth of our business. After the completion of this offering, these expenses will also include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, directors' and officers' liability insurance, increased professional services and an enhanced investor relations function.

        Depreciation and Amortization Expense.     Depreciation and amortization expense primarily consists of our depreciation expense related to investments in property, equipment and software as well as the amortization of intangible assets originating from our acquisitions of ScanScout in December 2010 and Transpera, Inc., or Transpera, in February 2011 and certain intangible assets from TubeMogul in January 2012. These acquired intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade names and non-competition agreements.

53


Table of Contents

    Interest and Other Expense

        Interest and other expense consists primarily of interest income, interest expense, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, and changes in the fair value of a contingent consideration payment associated with the Transpera acquisition. Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.

        The fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability is re-measured at the end of each reporting period and any changes in fair value are recognized on our statements of operations as other income or expense. Upon completion of this offering, our preferred stock warrants will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase our common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other income or expense.

Results of Operations

        The following table is a summary of our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparisons of the results are not necessarily indicative of our results for future periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Quarter Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 90,301     100.0 % $ 105,190     100.0 % $ 17,272     100.0 % $ 24,765     100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    58,502     64.8     61,317     58.3     11,769     68.1     13,841     55.9  
                                   

Gross profit

    31,799     35.2     43,873     41.7     5,503     31.9     10,924     44.1  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    5,900     6.5     8,144     7.7     1,651     9.6     2,697     10.9  

Sales and marketing

    28,829     31.9     35,042     33.3     8,522     49.3     8,843     35.7  

General and administrative

    10,880     12.0     10,824     10.3     2,795     16.2     2,920     11.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     6.8     5,992     5.7     1,478     8.6     1,502     6.1  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     57.2     60,002     57.0     14,446     83.7     15,962     64.5  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (22.0 )   (16,129 )   (15.3 )   (8,943 )   (51.8 )   (5,038 )   (20.4 )

Interest and other expense

    (904 )   (1.0 )   (235 )   (0.2 )   (114 )   (0.7 )   (51 )   (0.2 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (23.0 )   (16,364 )   (15.5 )   (9,057 )   (52.5 )   (5,089 )   (20.6 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (0.3 )   (280 )   (0.3 )   (70 )   (0.3 )   (70 )   (0.3 )
                                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 )   (23.3 )% $ (16,644 )   (15.8 )% $ (9,127 )   (52.8 )% $ (5,159 )   (20.9 )%
                                   

54


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Quarters Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Revenue

  $ 17,272   $ 24,765   $ 7,493     43.4 %

        Revenue.     The increase in revenue from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $8.3 million increase in our in-stream video advertising revenue, representing 52.9% growth period-over-period, which included an increased mix of our performance-based ad products compared to our CPM-priced ad products, and a $0.3 million increase in revenue from licensing solutions. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a $1.1 million reduction in in-banner video advertising revenue to $0.1 million due to our decision in 2011 to focus solely on the sale of in-stream video advertising and de-emphasize in-banner advertising.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 11,769   $ 13,841   $ 2,072     17.6 %

Gross profit

    5,503     10,924     5,421     98.5  

Gross margin

    31.9 %   44.1 %            

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     The increase in cost of revenue from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven primarily by $1.5 million of increased video advertising inventory costs, resulting from our revenue increase, and a $0.4 million increase in data, ad serving and hosting costs. The increase in our gross profit from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven by a 43.4% increase in revenue partially offset by a 17.6% increase in our cost of revenue.

        Historically, our performance-priced ad campaigns have offered higher gross margins than our traditional CPM priced campaigns. The 12.2 percentage point improvement in our gross margin from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to the relative mix of our performance-priced ad campaigns compared to our CPM-priced ad campaigns as well as greater operational efficiency.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Technology and development

  $ 1,651   $ 2,697   $ 1,046     63.4 %

% of Total revenue

    9.6 %   10.9 %            

        Technology and Development.     The increase in technology and development expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation

55


Table of Contents

costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount and a $0.2 million increase in consulting expense, professional fees and overhead costs.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 8,522   $ 8,843   $ 321     3.8 %

% of Total revenue

    49.3 %   35.7 %            

        Sales and Marketing.     The increase in sales and marketing expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to support our expanding advertiser base offset by a $0.1 million decrease in consulting and recruiting fees.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 2,795   $ 2,920   $ 125     4.5 %

% of Total revenue

    16.2 %   11.8 %            

        General and Administrative.     The increase in general and administrative expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount offset by a $0.3 million decrease in consulting, recruiting and travel and entertainment expense.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 1,478   $ 1,502   $ 24     1.6 %

% of Total revenue

    8.6 %   6.1 %            

        Depreciation and Amortization.     The increase in depreciation and amortization expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable by the increase in amortization due to our acquisition of certain intangible assets from TubeMogul, which we completed in January 2012.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Interest and other expense

  $ (114 ) $ (51 ) $ (63 )   (55.3 )%

% of Total revenue

    0.7 %   0.2 %            

        Interest and Other Expense.     The decrease in interest and other expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to $24,000 related to a reduction in the interest rate related to our revolving credit facility and a $46,000 reduction in mark-to-market expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability.

56


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 14,889     16.5 %

        Revenue.     The increase in revenue from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $24.2 million increase in our in-stream video advertising revenue, representing 32.1% growth, which included an increased mix of our performance-based ad products compared to our CPM priced ad products, and $1.7 million in revenue from licensing solutions. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a $11.0 million reduction to $3.8 million in in-banner video advertising revenue due to our decision at the beginning of 2011 to increase our focus on the sale of in-stream video advertising and de-emphasize in-banner advertising.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 58,502   $ 61,317   $ 2,815     4.8 %

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     12,074     38.0  

Gross margin

    35.2 %   41.7 %            

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     The increase in cost of revenue from 2011 to 2012 was driven primarily by $2.2 million of increased video advertising inventory costs, resulting from our revenue increase, and a $0.6 million increase in data and hosting costs. The increase in our gross profit from 2011 to 2012 was driven by a 16.5% increase in revenue partially offset by a 4.8% increase in our cost of revenue.

        Historically, our performance-priced ad campaigns have offered higher gross margins than our traditional CPM pricing. The 6.5 percentage point improvement in our gross margin from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to the relative mix of our performance-priced ad campaigns compared to our CPM-priced ad campaigns as well as greater operational efficiency.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Technology and development

  $ 5,900   $ 8,144   $ 2,244     38.0 %

% of Total revenue

    6.5 %   7.7 %            

        Technology and Development.     The increase in technology and development expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $2.0 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount described above and a $0.2 million increase in consulting expense and travel and entertainment expense.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 28,829   $ 35,042   $ 6,213     21.6 %

% of Total revenue

    31.9 %   33.3 %            

57


Table of Contents

        Sales and Marketing.     The increase in sales and marketing expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $6.3 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to support our expanding advertiser base. In addition, we experienced a $0.2 million increase in travel and entertainment expense as a result of increased marketing activities as well as our increased sales and marketing headcount. This was offset by a $0.3 million decrease in professional development expenses.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 10,880   $ 10,824   $ (56 )   (0.5 )%

% of Total revenue

    12.0 %   10.3 %            

        General and Administrative.     General and administrative expense was relatively flat from 2011 to 2012.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 6,088   $ 5,992   $ (96 )   (1.6 )%

% of Total revenue

    6.8 %   5.7 %            

        Depreciation and Amortization.     The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to the completion of amortization of certain intangible assets acquired in the ScanScout acquisition and the Transpera acquisition, which we completed in February 2011, partially offset by the increase in amortization due to our acquisition of certain intangible assets from TubeMogul, which we completed in January 2012.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Interest and other expense

  $ 904   $ 235   $ (669 )   (74.0 )%

% of Total revenue

    (1.0 )%   (0.2 )%            

        Interest and Other Expense.     The decrease in interest and other expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to $0.1 million related to a reduction in the interest rate related to our revolving credit facility and a $0.4 million reduction in mark-to-market expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability.

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The tables below show our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for each of our eight most recently completed quarters as well as the percentage of total revenue for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 22,274   $ 22,723   $ 26,834   $ 17,272   $ 25,206   $ 30,174   $ 32,538   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    13,917     15,178     17,483     11,769     14,980     16,704     17,864     13,841  
                                   

Gross profit

    8,357     7,545     9,351     5,503     10,226     13,470     14,674     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    1,484     1,403     1,452     1,651     1,996     2,215     2,282     2,697  

Sales and marketing

    7,511     7,107     7,252     8,522     8,688     8,869     8,963     8,843  

General and administrative

    2,524     2,562     2,986     2,795     2,735     2,461     2,833     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,554     1,558     1,511     1,478     1,480     1,510     1,524     1,502  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    13,073     12,630     13,201     14,446     14,899     15,055     15,602     15,962  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (4,716 )   (5,085 )   (3,850 )   (8,943 )   (4,673 )   (1,585 )   (928 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    58     (989 )   (347 )   (114 )   (37 )   (20 )   (64 )   (51 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (4,658 )   (6,074 )   (4,197 )   (9,057 )   (4,710 )   (1,605 )   (992 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (50 )   (65 )   (45 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )
                                   

Net loss

  $ (4,708 ) $ (6,139 ) $ (4,242 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (4,780 ) $ (1,675 ) $ (1,062 ) $ (5,159 )
                                   

Other Financial Data:

                                                 

In-stream advertising revenue (1)

  $ 18,466   $ 19,807   $ 23,749   $ 15,745   $ 23,649   $ 28,895   $ 31,389   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ (2,404 ) $ (2,875 ) $ (1,482 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,502 ) $ 653   $ 1,296   $ (2,797 )

(1)
In-stream revenue is the revenue we generate solely attributable to the sale of in-stream video ads.
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. Please see footnote (4) to the table of the section of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for more information. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                                                 

Net loss

  $ (4,708 ) $ (6,139 ) $ (4,242 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (4,780 ) $ (1,675 ) $ (1,062 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                                                 

Other (income), expense, net

    (58 )   989     347     114     37     20     64     51  

Income tax expense

    50     65     45     70     70     70     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    1,554     1,558     1,511     1,478     1,480     1,510     1,524     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    758     652     857     800     691     728     700     739  
                                   

Total net adjustments

    2,304     3,264     2,760     2,462     2,278     2,328     2,358     2,362  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,404 ) $ (2,875 ) $ (1,482 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,502 ) $ 653   $ 1,296   $ (2,797 )
                                   

59


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    62.5     66.8     65.2     68.1     59.4     55.4     54.9     55.9  
                                   

Gross profit

    37.5     33.2     34.8     31.9     40.6     44.6     45.1     44.1  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    6.7     6.2     5.4     9.6     7.9     7.3     7.0     10.9  

Sales and marketing

    33.7     31.3     27.0     49.3     34.5     29.4     27.5     35.7  

General and administrative

    11.3     11.3     11.1     16.2     10.8     8.2     8.7     11.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    7.0     6.8     5.6     8.6     5.9     5.0     4.8     6.1  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    58.7     55.6     49.1     83.7     59.1     49.9     48.0     64.5  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (21.2 )   (22.4 )   (14.3 )   (51.8 )   (18.5 )   (5.3 )   (2.9 )   (20.4 )

Interest and other income (expense)

    0.3     (4.4 )   (1.3 )   (0.7 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.2 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20.9 )   (26.8 )   (15.6 )   (52.5 )   (18.6 )   (5.4 )   (3.0 )   (20.6 )

Income tax expense

    (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (0.4 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
                                   

Net loss

    (21.1 )%   (27.0 )%   (15.8 )%   (52.8 )%   (19.0 )%   (5.6 )%   (3.3 )%   (20.9 )%
                                   

In-stream advertising revenue (1)

    82.9 %   87.2 %   88.5 %   91.2 %   93.8 %   95.8 %   96.5 %   96.9 %

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    (10.8 )%   (12.7 )%   (5.5 )%   (38.6 )%   (9.9 )%   2.2 %   4.0 %   (11.3 )%

(1)
In-stream revenue is the revenue we generate solely attributable to the sale of in-stream video ads.
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Please see footnote (4) to the table of the section of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for more information. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                                                 

Net loss

    (21.1 )%   (27.0 )%   (15.8 )%   (52.8 )%   (19.0 )%   (5.6 )%   (3.3 )%   (20.9 )%

Adjustments:

                                                 

Other (income), expense, net

    (0.3 )   4.4     1.3     0.7     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.2  

Income tax expense

    0.2     0.2     0.2     0.3     0.4     0.2     0.3     0.3  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    7.0     6.8     5.6     8.6     5.9     5.0     4.8     6.1  

Stock-based compensation expense

    3.4     2.9     3.2     4.6     2.7     2.5     2.1     3.0  
                                   

Total net adjustments

    10.3     14.3     10.3     14.2     9.1     7.8     7.3     9.6  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

    (10.8 )%   (12.7 )%   (5.5 )%   (38.6 )%   (9.9 )%   2.2 %   4.0 %   (11.3 )%
                                   

Quarterly Trends; Seasonality

        Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside our control. We have experienced rapid growth since our inception. For instance, we migrated our business from in-banner video advertising to in-stream video advertising and placed a greater focus on performance-based pricing over the last two years. These changes have resulted in substantial growth in our revenue and corresponding increases in operating expenses to support our growth. Our operating results were impacted by relationships with new and existing advertisers and publishers, changes in our investment in sales and marketing and technology and development from quarter to quarter, and increases in employee headcount. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

        Our quarterly revenue has increased from $22.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 to $24.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and our gross margin has increased from 37.5% to 44.1% over the same period. Our increase in quarterly revenue was mainly due to an increased number of advertisers using the Tremor Video Network and increased spending from our existing advertisers as well an increased percentage of our campaigns priced on a performance basis. We believe revenue for the second and third quarters of 2011 was relatively flat due to a reduction in video advertising spending because of uncertainty and volatility caused by the U.S. budget and European financial crises during the third quarter of 2011. Our increase in gross margin in 2012 has been largely the result of an

60


Table of Contents

increased percentage of our campaigns priced on a performance basis. Our in-stream advertising revenue as a percentage of revenue has increased for each quarter from June 30, 2011 through March 31, 2013, as we shifted our focus away from the delivery of in-banner video ads to in-stream video ads.

        Our revenue also tends to be seasonal in nature, with the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year historically representing the largest percentage of our total revenue for the year and the first quarter of each calendar year historically representing the lowest percentage of our total revenue for the year. Many of the brand advertisers in the verticals we serve spend significant portions of their advertising budgets during the third quarter, in connection with summer, back to school and entertainment events, and in the fourth quarter, in connection with the holiday season. During the first quarter, our brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending, and as a result, our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us. This combination generally results in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year. Our revenue for the first quarter of 2012 was adversely impacted by the level of overall spending in the video advertising industry as well as by the seasonal spending trends in the video advertising industry.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Working Capital

        The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable and working capital for the periods indicated:

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 40,366   $ 32,533   $ 31,533  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

    33,839     36,011     30,363  

Working capital

    49,601     39,892     37,334  

        Our cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2013 were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in demand deposit accounts and money market funds that are currently providing only a minimal return.

    Sources of Liquidity

        To date, we have funded our operations principally through private placements of our capital stock and bank borrowings. We have raised $118.6 million, net of costs and expenses, from the sale of preferred stock.

        We are party to a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which we refer to as our credit facility. Pursuant to the credit facility, we can incur revolver borrowings up to the lesser of $25.0 million and a borrowing base equal to 80.0% of eligible accounts receivable. Any outstanding principal amount must be paid at maturity. Interest accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender's prime rate plus 0.5% and is payable monthly. We are charged a fee of 0.2% of any unused borrowing capacity. This fee is payable quarterly but no fee is charged for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of borrowings during such quarter is more than $10.0 million. The credit facility matures in December 2014. As of March 31, 2013, we had $6.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolver borrowings outstanding which accrued interest at 3.75%.

61


Table of Contents

        The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels. Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property, although we have agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property without the lender's prior written consent. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2013.

        We have issued the lender (1) a warrant to acquire 35,520 shares of our Series A preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.2669, (2) a warrant to acquire 33,930 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.8629 and (3) a warrant to acquire 31,659 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.7904.

    Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

        We believe our existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months. During this period, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $2.0 million. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and available borrowings under our credit facility are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we will need to raise additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders.

    Historical Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes our historical cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
  As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash (used in) provided by:

                         

Operating activities

  $ (18,797 ) $ (5,103 ) $ 3,740   $ (815 )

Investing activities

    (1,197 )   5,547     3,659     (137 )

Financing activities

    35,940     433     44     46  

    Operating Activities

        Cash used in operating activities is primarily influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the increase in the number of advertisers using our solutions. Cash used in operating activities has typically been generated from net losses and by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly in the areas of accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash used in operating activities was $0.8 million and consisted of a net loss of $5.2 million, partially offset by $2.3 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.1 million of cash provided by working capital. Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and

62


Table of Contents

amortization expense of $1.5 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.7 million and bad debt expense of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $5.6 million decrease in accounts receivable, as well as a $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of more clients prepaying for the delivery of video ads. This was partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an decrease in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, offset by an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. In addition, there was an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.5 million, primarily the result of additional deposit requirements for new office space and future advertising and marketing events and professional development events.

        In 2012, our net cash used in operating activities was $5.1 million and consisted of a net loss of $16.6 million, partially offset by $9.0 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.5 million of cash provided by working capital. Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.0 million and bad debt expense of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $4.8 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, and an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. In addition there was a $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of more clients prepaying for the delivery of video ads. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, primarily the result of additional deposit requirements for new office space and future advertising and marketing events and professional development events.

        In 2011, our net cash used in operating activities was $18.8 million and consisted of a net loss of $21.0 million and a $7.1 million decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital, partially offset by $9.3 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Net loss was primarily driven both by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development and personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.1 million and mark-to-market expense of $0.3 million. The increased depreciation and amortization expense primarily related to increased capital expenditure requirements and our intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of a business. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in accounts receivable of $4.4 million, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continued to expand our operations. Additionally, there was a $3.1 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, and an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. This was partially offset by an increase in cash flow due to a $0.4 million increase in deferred rent primarily due to several new office leases contracted during 2012.

    Investing Activities

        Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, as well as business acquisitions.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

        In 2012, net cash provided by investing activities was $5.5 million and consisted of $8.7 million in maturities of short-term investments, partially offset by $2.0 million paid as part of an acquisition and $1.2 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

63


Table of Contents

        In 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million and consisted of $0.5 million of net purchases of short-term investments and $0.7 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

    Financing Activities

        Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred stock, proceeds from the exercise of stock options, and borrowings and repayments under our credit facility.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash provided by financing activities was $46,000 received upon the exercise of stock options.

        In 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million received upon the exercise of stock options.

        In 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $35.9 million and consisted of $35.7 million in net proceeds from our Series F preferred stock financing and $0.3 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $0.1 million used to repurchase common stock from three of our employees.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table discloses aggregate information about material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2012. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 
  Payment due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 9,924   $ 1,615   $ 3,948   $ 3,003   $ 1,358  

Purchase obligations

    620     281     339          
                       

Total

  $ 10,544   $ 1,896   $ 4,287   $ 3,003   $ 1,358  
                       

        The amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms related to services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under the contract that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table.

        The table above does not reflect revolver borrowings under our credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of March 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on

64


Table of Contents

historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        Critical accounting policies and estimates are those we consider to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to the following:

    Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. We also generate revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers. Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of viewers. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history. Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

        We recognize revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered. Specifically, we recognize revenue for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of each impression served for CPM ad campaigns, engagement by the consumer with a video ad for CPE ad campaigns or the completion of a video ad by the consumer for CPVC ad campaigns. These actions are verified primarily by a combination of third party reporting systems and, to a lesser extent, our internal systems.

        In the normal course of business, we act as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in our transactions. In determining whether we act as the principal or an agent, we follow the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether we are acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because we are the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, and (4) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, we act as the principal in these arrangements and therefore report revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

        The license fees for our VHA and publisher solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions. We recognize revenue with respect to these solutions on a CPM basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods.

    Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

        We carry our accounts receivable at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, our management evaluates our accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past

65


Table of Contents

history of write-downs. A receivable is considered past due if we have not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. We generally do not require any security or collateral to support our receivables

    Business Combinations

        In business combinations, we determine the acquisition purchase price as the sum of the consideration we provide. The underlying principles require that we recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, generally at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The direct transaction costs associated with the business combination are expensed as incurred.

        When we issue stock-based awards to an acquired company's selling stockholders, we evaluate whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. Our evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the stock-based awards is contingent on the continued employment of the selling stockholder beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as future compensation expense over the required service period.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

        Goodwill acquired in business combinations are assigned to the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. We assesses goodwill for impairment, using a qualitative process, annually as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We operate as one operating segment as a singular reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. We adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit's goodwill is necessary. If it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior accounting guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. In performing our qualitative assessment, we considered a number of factors, including macroeconomic conditions, the market for our industry, any developments with respect to our operating costs, the financial performance of our reporting unit, any changes to management or key personnel, and any changes to our intangible assets and their value. We concluded that there were no negative developments with respect to these factors that indicated that any goodwill is at risk of impairment.

        For 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses have been identified, and no reporting unit was at risk of impairment, including under the first step of the two-step impairment determination process.

66


Table of Contents

        Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method as follows:

Technology

  5 to 7 years

Customer relationships

  5 to 10 years

Trademarks and trade names

  5 to 7 years

Non-competition agreements

  1 year

        Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired. There were no indicators of impairment to intangible assets for 2011 and 2012.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We have granted stock options with the following exercise prices for the dates reflected below:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price
Per Share
  Common Stock Fair
Market Value Per Share at Grant Date
  Aggregate Fair Market Value
of Options Granted
 

April 19, 2012

    143,000 (1) (2) $ 5.01   $ 5.01   $ 716,430  

April 25, 2012

    33,333 (2)   5.01     5.01     167,000  

July 26, 2012

    1,229,338 (2)   5.01     5.01     6,158,987  

August 7, 2012

    33,333     5.01     5.01     167,000  

August 8, 2012

    36,666 (2)   5.01     5.01     183,700  

November 16, 2012

    429,666     5.60     5.60     2,403,985  

December 7, 2012

    60,000     5.60     5.60     335,700  

March 5, 2013

    266,666     5.90     5.90     1,572,000  

May 9, 2013

    158,000     8.15     8.15     1,286,910  

May 23, 2013

    100,000     8.15     8.15     814,500  

June 4, 2013

    41,666     8.15     8.15     339,370  

(1)
Options exercisable for an additional 22,222 shares of our common stock granted on this date with an exercise price of $6.06 per share were cancelled prior to our option repricing on July 26, 2012 as a result of employee terminations.
(2)
On July 26, 2012 and August 8, 2012, we repriced options to purchase 1,089,338 and 36,666 shares of our common stock, respectively, to $5.01 per share, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on such dates, from $6.06 per share. Of the 1,089,338 options repriced on July 26, 2012, 106,333 of such options were originally granted on April 19, 2012 and 33,333 of such options were originally granted on April 25, 2012 and the remaining options were granted prior to April 2012. These options had a Black-Scholes option fair values ranging from $2.205 to $2.34. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, we incurred a one-time stock compensation charge of approximately $11,000 on the incremental value of the vested repriced options. In addition, we recorded an additional incremental value of $0.3 million related to the unvested repriced options, which will be amortized over their remaining vesting period.

        Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 was $59.7 million, of which $39.6 million related to vested options and $20.1 million related to unvested options.

        We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

        Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common

67


Table of Contents

stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, the expected term of the options, our expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

    Fair value of our common stock.   Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in "—Common Stock Valuations" below.

    Expected term.   The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method, which represents the average period from vesting to the expiration of the award.

    Expected volatility.   As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers' common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

    Risk-free rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

    Dividend yield.   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

        The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
  2011   2012   2013
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Volatility

  54%–56%   56%–57%   47%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.36%–2.87%   0.60%–1.17%   1.01%–1.03%

Expected life (in years)

  6.77   5.12–6.09   5.97–6.07

Dividend yield

  —%   —%   —%

    Common Stock Valuations

        The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered

68


Table of Contents

numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

    contemporaneous third-party valuations performed at periodic intervals by a valuation firm conducted as of June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013;

    a series of transactions from September 2011 through October 2012 pursuant to which one of our preferred stockholders acquired an aggregate of 2,101,887 shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $10.1 million and a weighted average per share price of $4.80;

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

    the purchases of shares of preferred stock by venture capital firms;

    our operating and financial performance and forecast;

    current business conditions;

    significant new customer wins;

    our stage of development;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded technology companies; and

    U.S. and global capital market conditions.

        In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we considered contemporaneous valuations of our stock from a third-party valuation firm that provided us with their estimate of our enterprise value. Our board of directors determined the best approach to determine the fair value of our stock options was to use a blend of market and income approaches to determine our enterprise value and the probability-weighted expected return model, or PWERM, to determine the related allocation. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a selected per group of technology companies. Future and present values for the common stock were calculated taking into consideration the preferred share liquidation and conversion rights. PWERM models potential future liquidity events and applies probabilities to each scenario. These future liquidity events are then discounted to present value and, after applying the relevant probability for each potential event, result in a probability-weighted equity value of the company. In addition, we considered secondary sales of our common stock that occurred during the period leading up to the valuation date, and ultimately weighted the PWERM estimated value and the weighted average price per share of such secondary sales to determine the fair value of our common stock.

        A database of all publicly-traded companies was screened to determine a broad industry sector and potential peer-group companies. This initial screen selected companies that primarily operated in the information technology software industry and that (1) traded on one of the major U.S. stock exchanges and (2) traded at a common per share value of greater than one dollar. From this industry sector list, comparable companies were selected based on several factors, including business description, business model, primary industry and revenue growth. More specifically, the comparable company selection focused on companies that provide advertising, marketing and media-based software solutions. Furthermore, companies with historical and projected revenue growth comparable to ours were selected.

69


Table of Contents

        The selected group of comparable companies was consistently used in both the market and income approaches. Additionally, this same comparable company group was partially relied upon in determining appropriate multiples in the initial public offering, or IPO, scenario of the PWERM described more fully below. Where relevant, the comparable company group was held constant in determining per share value for all equity classes.

        Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair market value of our common stock at these grant dates included:

        April 2012.     The U.S. economy and financial markets continued to strengthen during the first quarter of 2012. We also continued to see strength in our business during this period. While total revenue decreased from $18.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, we began to see the impact of the increased adoption of our performance-priced video ads. We performed the PWERM allocation methodology to value our common stock as of September 6, 2011. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. The discount rate was based on several company-specific and general economic factors, primarily the strength in our business and the U.S. economy and markets as a whole, and their indications of economic risk. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair market value of our common stock of $6.06 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described above, our board of directors granted options to purchase 198,333 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $6.06 per share. After the April 2012 option grants, we determined that the September 6, 2011 valuation report, which our board of directors, relied in part in determining the fair value of our common stock did not take into consideration $9.3 million of secondary sales of common stock, which occurred between September 2011 and April 2012 at a weighted average purchase price of $4.85 per share. In July 2012 and August 2012, our board of directors repriced 139,666 and 36,666, respectively, of these options to $5.01 per share based upon a July 2012 valuation report discussed below. The remaining 22,000 options were cancelled in connection with the termination of employment of certain employees. Please see footnote (2) to the above table for further information.

        July and August 2012.     The U.S. financial markets began to show some weakness in the second quarter of 2012 as concerns regarding global financial uncertainties grew; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $22.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $25.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. In September 2011 through October 2012, one of our preferred stock investors, in a series of transactions, acquired 2,101,900 shares of our common stock for aggregate purchase price of $10.1 million and a weighted average purchase price of $4.80. We performed the PWERM allocation methodology to value our common stock as of June 30, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%, which was constant from the prior valuation as of March 31, 2012. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $6.45 per share. In addition, we considered secondary sales of our common stock that occurred between April 2012 and June 2012, with a weighted average price of $4.53 per share. We applied a weighting of 25% to the PWERM estimated value of $6.45 per share and 75% to the value indicated by the secondary sales of our common stock of $4.53 per share, to arrive at a fair value of $5.01 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 140,000 shares and 33,333 shares of common stock in July and August 2012,

70


Table of Contents

respectively, with an exercise price of $5.01 per share. In addition, in July and August 2012, our board of directors repriced 1,089,338 options and 36,666 options, respectively, to $5.01 per share. Please see footnote (2) to the above table for further information. These options were previously granted from September 2011 through April 2012 based upon the September 6, 2011 valuation report discussed above. This valuation report did not take into consideration certain secondary sales of our common stock that occurred in September 2011, which significantly impacted the relative weighting of the factors used in the calculation of the fair value of our common stock as of such date.

        November and December 2012.     The U.S. financial markets continued to show some weakness in the third quarter of 2012 over concerns regarding global financial uncertainties; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $22.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to $30.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. We performed the same PWERM allocation methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of September 30, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $6.39 per share. In addition, we took into account a secondary sale of our common stock that occurred in October 2012. We applied a weighting of 75% to the PWERM estimated value of $6.39 per share and 25% to the value indicated by a secondary sale of our common stock of $3.225 per share in October 2012, to arrive at a fair market value of $5.60 per share. The weighting of PWERM relative to secondary sales was increased from that applied in prior valuations due to there being a limited number of secondary sales near the valuation date. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 429,666 shares and 60,000 shares of common stock in November and December 2012, respectively, with an exercise price of $5.60 per share.

        March 2013.     The U.S. financial markets continued to show some weakness as well as volatility in the fourth calendar quarter of 2012 over concerns regarding global financial uncertainties and the U.S. elections; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $26.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011 to $32.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012. We performed the same PWERM methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of December 31, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $6.78 per share. In addition, we took into account a secondary sale of our common stock that occurred in October 2012. We applied a weighting of 75% to the PWERM estimated value of $6.78 per share and 25% to the value indicated by the secondary sale of our common stock of $3.225 per share, to arrive at a fair market value of $5.90 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 266,666 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $5.90 per share.

        May and June 2013.     The U.S. financial markets began to show improvement in the first quarter of 2013, and we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $24.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. We performed the same PWERM methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of March 31, 2013. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 50% for an IPO, 15% for a strategic merger or sale, 30% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for

71


Table of Contents

dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $8.15 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 299,666 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $8.15 per share.

        The difference between $8.15, the fair value per share for the May 2013 and June 2013 grants and issuances, and $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, was largely attributable to the fact that the valuation for the May 2013 and June 2013 grants and issuances took into account a 20% non-marketability discount rate.

    Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of our historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, we do not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of our net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because we believe it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

        We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is "more-likely-than-not" that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense.

        At March 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $83.4 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2026. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We maintain a short-term investment portfolio consisting mainly of highly liquid, short-term money market funds, which we consider to be cash equivalents. These investments earn interest at variable

72


Table of Contents

rates and, as a result, decreases in market interest rates would generally result in decreased interest income. A 1.0% decline in interest rates occurring January 1, 2013 and sustained through the period ended December 31, 2013, would not be material. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

        We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates related to our $25.0 million revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2013, we had incurred borrowings with an aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million. Interest on our credit facility is tied to the lender's prime rate and fluctuates periodically. As a result, the interest rates on our outstanding debt obligations may fluctuate from time to time. A sensitivity analysis was performed on the outstanding portion of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2012. Based on the aggregate principal amount of the revolver borrowings as of December 31, 2012 and the then prevailing interest rate, should the interest rate on our credit facility increase by 10.0% beginning January 1, 2013 and sustained through the period ended December 31, 2013, or interest expense would increase by approximately $22,000.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        Due to our international operations, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to foreign denominated revenues and costs, which must be translated into U.S. dollars. Historically, our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses in the United Kingdom and Singapore. The effect of a 10.0% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented. Substantially all of our advertiser contracts are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue. These exposures may change over time as our business practices evolve and if our exposure increases, adverse movements in foreign currency exchanges rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        We have reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

73


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Mission

        Our mission is to bring the certainty of science to the art of brand marketing.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        Our clients strive to create and maintain a favorable image of their brand, differentiate themselves from competitive brands and influence consumers' purchase decisions to maximize market share. Traditional media channels are limited in their ability to achieve these goals because they lack interactivity and the ability to measure and optimize ad campaigns in real-time. We believe online video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to engage and influence consumers by combining the rich "sight, sound and motion" of television and the interactivity, engagement, real-time measurement and optimization of online.

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion, reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. Despite this tremendous growth, several factors, including audience and device fragmentation, inadequate brand-centric measurement and optimization technology, and lack of performance and placement transparency, have made it challenging to effectively deliver online video advertising.

        VideoHub is designed to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers. VideoHub optimizes an advertiser's campaign against brand-centric key performance indicators, or KPIs, by building a decision tree that analyzes the attributes, which we call signals, of every ad request, such as video player size, geography, publisher, content category and length, browser type and viewer data. VideoHub then prioritizes the delivery of ads that are more likely to achieve the desired performance objectives. VideoHub also offers advertisers transparency into the workings of its decision tree so that they can understand what signals are driving the performance of their video ad campaigns. Further, VideoHub affords advertisers the ability to easily perform ad delivery validation and placement verification.

        Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices. We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which are served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when viewers are most engaged. This is in contrast to

74


Table of Contents

traditional in-banner video advertising, which is served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not be directing their attention. We further enhance advertisers' campaigns with innovative ad formats specifically developed to harness the creative aspects of online video, which often result in consumers choosing to extend their interaction with a brand's message significantly past the original ad experience. To align our solutions with the goals of brand advertisers, we offer a number of brand performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertising such as cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing, where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns. As a result, we enable our clients to effectively purchase measurable brand results rather than just impressions or clicks.

        Driven by client demand, in 2012 we began licensing VideoHub technology to advertisers and their agencies through an intuitive and customizable console, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA. VHA helps advertisers and their agencies manage online video brand marketing efforts by providing advanced analytic and measurement tools. By licensing VHA, advertisers and their agencies are able to gain transparency into the performance of ad campaigns across the entirety of their video ad buys, including on publisher sites that are not part of the Tremor Video Network. By providing an enterprise solution that works both on and off the Tremor Video Network, we deepen our relationships with our clients and broaden our influence in the online video ecosystem. We believe this best positions us to benefit from the anticipated growth in online video advertising.

        We have developed strong relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies, who we believe view us as a strategic and trusted partner with a deep understanding of their industry-specific needs. We have also developed strong relationships with publishers due to our ability to provide consistent yield and monetization for their video content. We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to premium content in brand safe environments. We believe these relationships have created a network effect whereby advertisers increase their spend with us because of the results we deliver utilizing proprietary technology and our publishers' premium inventory, which in turn allows us to attract additional high quality publishers and thereby additional advertising spend.

        From 2011 to 2012, our revenue increased from $90.3 million to $105.2 million. This included an increase in revenue derived from the delivery of in-stream video advertising from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%. Additionally, over this period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7%, driven in part by the adoption of our performance-based pricing models, while our net loss has decreased from $21.0 million to $16.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% and our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing for 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 7.9%, 22.7% and 36.1%, respectively.

75


Table of Contents

Industry Background

        Advertisers often view the advertising market as a funnel that maps a potential consumer's purchase decision process from the moment he or she is introduced to a brand to the point of purchase.

GRAPHIC

        At the top of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on building brand awareness amongst the largest possible number of potential consumers and use reach as the primary metric to measure success. Traditionally, advertisers have preferred national television and outdoor media, such as a Super Bowl commercial or Times Square billboard, to achieve this brand awareness. At the bottom of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on generating specific actions by a consumer in a short period of time. At this stage of the funnel, advertisers have generally relied on direct response marketing, such as newspaper inserts and coupons, as well as online search and online display advertising, where conversions are used to measure campaign success.

        In the middle of the marketing funnel, advertisers seek to engage consumers and educate them about their brand in order to differentiate themselves from competitors and drive consumer preferences toward a particular branded product to influence future purchase decisions, which we refer to as brand lift. Historically, advertisers have sought to achieve middle of the funnel objectives through print, which can tell a deeper story about the product and its benefits and allows the reader to linger as long as he or she likes, and to a lesser extent through local and cable television, which offers a more targeted audience for a product's message than national television. Traditional solutions for middle of the funnel marketing have significant limitations such as:

        A paramount challenge for brand advertisers today is finding methods to achieve middle of the funnel objectives at scale. For brands that have already dedicated significant advertising spend to television to establish awareness of their products, future success depends on a clear understanding of

76


Table of Contents

what creative messaging and data attributes can drive brand lift and preference shift to capture market share. This is the essence of middle of the funnel brand advertising.

        We believe in-stream video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to meet their middle of the funnel objectives by combining the best aspects of television, print and online advertising:

Market Opportunity

        The convergence of several technological and behavioral factors is driving robust growth in online video consumption creating a significant opportunity for in-stream video advertising. These factors include:

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion,

77


Table of Contents

reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture a significant portion of this growing online video advertising market.

        Despite this tremendous growth opportunity, brand advertisers face several challenges to the adoption of online video advertising that require sophisticated technology to solve:

78


Table of Contents

Tremor Video Technology and Solutions

        VideoHub powers our video advertising solutions and is designed to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers and achieve their middle of the funnel objectives.

        Through VideoHub we deliver:

GRAPHIC

79


Table of Contents

        VideoHub has also received accreditation from the Media Rating Council, which is an independent industry organization whose mission is to ensure valid, reliable and effective audience-measurement services, for five metrics that help advertisers, agencies and publishers to measure the accuracy and effectiveness of online video advertising. These metrics are (1) average viewability percentage, or how much of an ad can be seen on a digital screen at certain intervals during the video ad, (2) engagement rate, when a viewer clicks on an interactive slate within the ad unit or rolls over a trigger on the ad unit for three seconds or longer, (3) clicks, (4) served ad impressions and (5) unique cookies reach, or a count of unique cookies that represent unduplicated instances of exposure of a viewer to video ads during a specified measurement period.

        The Tremor Video Network offers advertisers access to premium video inventory at scale across multiple devices in brand safe environments.

80


Table of Contents

        Through the Tremor Video Network we deliver:

81


Table of Contents

VideoHub for Advertisers (VHA)

        Driven by client demand, in 2012, we began licensing VHA, a software platform that clients access through a web portal. By licensing VHA, advertisers and their agencies can use VHA across the entirety of their video ad buys, including on publisher sites that are not part of the Tremor Video Network. In order to analyze video ad campaigns running outside the Tremor Video Network, VideoHub generates a tracking code which is associated with the video ad unit that the advertiser or agency wishes to analyze through VHA. When the video ad is served by a publisher that has agreed to deliver the video ad campaign, the tracking code communicates data regarding the video ad to VideoHub. Advertisers and agencies can then access VideoHub's advanced analysis of this data through VHA in order to gain valuable insights into campaign performance, including the performance of the campaign on a particular publisher's site.

        We believe that the breadth of our VHA solution helps agencies achieve greater operational efficiency as it relieves them from the need to integrate and support multiple, disparate technology solutions. By providing this enterprise solution to advertisers and their agencies, on and off the Tremor Video Network, we believe we can deepen our relationships with our clients and broaden our influence in the online video ecosystem.

Competitive Strengths

        Our key competitive strengths include:

        VideoHub is the product of more than seven years of development exclusively focused on perfecting the measurement, optimization and transparency of online video advertising for leading brand advertisers. Our technology is supported and enhanced by our technology and development department which as of March 31, 2013 consisted of 68 employees. VideoHub analyzes and categorizes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system signals, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics such as engagement, brand lift and time spent. VideoHub provides performance and placement transparency to our advertising clients across multiple devices whether or not those campaigns run through the Tremor Video Network.

        We are an innovator in online video advertising. We believe our innovations, such as advanced ad formats, brand-centric performance-based pricing models, including CPE, in-stream video analysis and categorization and advanced analytics tools, including eQ+ score and our proprietary measurement for

82


Table of Contents

in-stream video ad viewability, differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that our ability to continually innovate will further improve our market position.

        We provide brand advertisers with a one-stop-shop for their video ad campaigns by delivering those campaigns over multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs with different screen sizes, screen resolutions, functionality, network connections, hardware and operating system types. Our technology is able to adjust video ads for varying screen sizes, and through VideoHub, we are able to optimize video campaigns for each type of device. Our advanced ad formats and cost per engagement pricing are available on smartphones and tablets as well as computers. Our multi-channel capabilities also allow publishers to monetize their content across multiple internet-connected devices. This alleviates their need to pursue an ad hoc approach with multiple providers.

        We have built deep relationships with leading brand advertisers, advertising agencies and the holding companies that own many of these agencies. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world, including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 CPG companies. We have built deep industry specific expertise by aligning our sales force around our target verticals. We believe that the advertisers, the agencies with which they work and the holding companies that own many of these agencies view us as a strategic and trusted partner that can guide and support their ad campaigns through all stages of planning, execution and measurement.

        We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis, enabling these publishers to more effectively monetize their video content. This network helps us attract and retain large brand advertisers that spend significant media dollars. Premium publishers work with us because of our deep brand advertiser relationships and our ability to maximize the value of their online video content across multiple devices. We believe our technology and innovative performance-based pricing models have allowed us to generate superior yield compared to traditional impression-based pricing, which enables us to attract additional premium publishers by providing them better monetization.

        We have built a large repository of data generated from over 20 billion in-stream video ad impressions delivered through the Tremor Video Network. This data asset grows richer over time as additional campaigns run through the Tremor Video Network. We leverage this data asset and the insights we have gained from the billions of video impressions we have previously delivered to continuously refine our algorithms and improve our optimization capabilities.

Growth Strategy

        We will continue to invest in our technology to maintain and extend our leadership in the online video advertising ecosystem. We are focused on providing brand advertisers with brand-centric metrics, video ad placement and performance transparency and optimization capabilities to enhance campaign effectiveness. We will also continue to focus on introducing new ad formats that improve the effectiveness of our video ads and pricing models that further align our financial results with campaign

83


Table of Contents

performance. We believe that these innovations will continue to increase client loyalty and the amount of their spending with us.

        We believe that the combination of our proprietary technology, brand-centric approach, deep client relationships and our broad knowledge of the video advertising industry is unique and highly attractive to brand advertisers and their agencies. We plan to capitalize on opportunities to build on our relationships with existing advertisers and attract new clients. We will continue to develop preferred relationships with the largest agency holding companies that position us to benefit from the increased online video spending by their constituent agencies. By focusing on our relationships with agency holding companies, we believe our sales efforts will become more efficient by shortening the prequalification period and sales cycle with the respective holding companies' constituent agencies. We intend to expand our reach beyond our current core industry verticals, including CPG, automotive and entertainment, to add other verticals in which companies spend significantly on brand advertising, such as technology and telecommunications, retail and financial services.

        We launched our mobile offering in the first quarter of 2011 and have experienced increasing adoption since its introduction. The number of mobile ad impressions that we delivered as a percentage of total ad impressions has ranged from less than 2.0% in 2011 to more than 8.0% in the first quarter of 2013. As viewers increasingly consume content on smartphones and tablets, we expect brand advertisers to devote increasing amounts of advertising spend towards mobile channels. Mobile is inherently an interactive channel, and we are promoting our performance-based pricing models such as CPE to take advantage of this interactivity. Moreover, our strategic focus on in-stream advertising positions us to solve many of the challenges of mobile advertising that are created by screen size limitations since the video ad served will generally occupy the entire mobile screen. In addition, we are integrating VideoHub with an increasing number of connected TV publishers, enabling our clients to take advantage of potential growth in this emerging channel.

        We offer premium publishers quality advertising demand at scale and help them effectively monetize their content. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. We plan to grow our premium publisher base, increase our share of the in-stream video inventory generated by our publishers and enter into additional exclusive arrangements where appropriate. We believe these premium publisher relationships will allow us to deliver high performing campaigns for brand advertisers resulting in increased advertising spend through the Tremor Video Network. In addition, we are focused on developing an enterprise solution for publishers to enable their direct sales force to better monetize their video ad inventory.

        We are focused on expanding the adoption and resulting licensing revenue of VHA. We plan to grow VHA licensing revenue by entering into agreements with new agencies and driving adoption of VHA across more brands within agencies with which we have existing licensing agreements. VHA allows brand advertisers and their agencies to measure the effectiveness of video ad campaigns whether or not those campaigns are run through the Tremor Video Network. We believe our clients will recognize the strategic value of VHA, which will enable us to strengthen our relationships with them.

84


Table of Contents

        Programmatic buying is a relatively new development in online advertising in which an advertising exchange brings together buyers and sellers of ad inventory, often in real-time. Based on the perceived value of the ad inventory, or the viewer, a bid is placed by relevant advertisers and the highest bidding advertiser gets the opportunity to serve the ad to the viewer. To date, programmatic buying has been largely limited to display and in-banner video advertising. Its expansion to online video advertising has been impacted by the lack of necessary data for effective programmatic buying of video ads. We believe that our technology is well suited to enable differentiated brand-focused programmatic buying for in-stream video advertising and we intend to extend our technology to encompass such functionality. We believe that our future entry into this space will drive incremental revenue.

        We license certain aspects of VideoHub to video ad networks and exchanges in geographies where we do not currently have a direct presence to enable these licensees to improve the performance and monetization of their video inventory. We aim to further increase our presence in strategic locations around the world through additional partnerships and commercial agreements. We believe that international markets will increasingly experience similar market trends to those in the United States that make video advertising attractive to brand advertisers. Accordingly, we believe international markets represent opportunities for growth.

Clients

    Advertisers and Agencies

        As of March 31, 2013, we had 372 advertiser clients, including all of the top 10 automaker advertisers and 9 of the top 10 CPG advertisers. The following sets forth a list of representative advertisers by vertical in 2012:

Auto   CPG

Ford Motor Company

 

Colgate-Palmolive Company

General Motors Company

 

Kraft Foods Inc.

Hyundai Corporation

 

Merck & Co. Inc.

Nissan Motor Company

 

Procter & Gamble Company

Toyota Motor Corporation

 

Reckitt Benckiser Plc

 

Entertainment   Others

Fox Broadcasting Corp.

 

Cotton Inc.

NBCUniversal Media, LLC

 

Google Inc.

Open Road Films, Inc.

 

Lowe's Cos. Inc.

Paramount Home Entertainment, Inc.

 

Marriott International Inc.

Walt Disney Company

 

Microsoft Corp.

        The following is a list of representative advertising agencies with whom we worked in 2012:

Carat
DraftFCB, Inc.
Mediaedge: cia UK Limited
MediaStorm LLC
MindShare, Inc.
  Moxie Interactive, Inc.
OMD USA Inc.
Starcom MediaVest Group
Zenith Optimedia Ltd.
Zimmerman Advertising LLC

        Revenue contribution from individual brand advertisers varies from period to period. We do not believe our business is substantially dependent upon any individual advertiser as no individual

85


Table of Contents

advertiser represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013. We maintain close relationships directly with brand advertisers and we consider them to be our clients, as the video ad campaigns we run are those of the advertiser and we work closely with them to execute their video ad campaigns on the Tremor Video Network. However, we primarily market and sell our solutions to advertising agencies on behalf of their advertiser clients. We do not directly contract with brand advertisers; rather, we contract directly with the advertising agencies representing these brands or the large agency holding companies that own and control many of the advertising agencies. However, brand advertisers are ultimately responsible to us for all contractual payment obligations. In 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we derived 18.0%, 13.8% and 17.9%, respectively, of our revenue from brand advertisers represented by the Starcom MediaVest Group.

        Once an advertiser or its agency determines to run a video ad campaign through the Tremor Video Network, we execute an insertion order with the ad agency on behalf of the advertiser reflecting campaign parameters such as size and duration of the campaign, type of video ad format, devices on which the campaign will run, the KPI for which to optimize performance and the desired pricing model. Prior to running the campaign, the advertiser and its agency often work with our creative team to provide the creative direction of the campaign and design and build an advanced ad unit. The completed video ad is then uploaded to our ad server by our operations personnel. Once uploaded, the video ad is available to be served to the publisher ad inventory available on our Tremor Video Network. When a publisher makes an ad request, VideoHub analyzes the signals associated with that ad request and prioritizes the delivery of video ad campaigns that are more likely to perform, utilizing our optimization technology and taking into consideration the applicable campaign parameters. During a campaign flight, through VHA a client may access analytics about the performance of its video ad campaign and validate the placement of its video ads and number of impressions delivered.

        The insertion orders entered into with ad agencies on behalf of advertisers are cancellable upon short notice and without penalty consistent with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising for media buys one year or less published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. These insertion orders generally require payment within 60 days of invoice, which we send on a monthly basis.

        We provide basic VHA access to advertisers with respect to their video ad campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network and charge a license fee for advanced analytics. We also license VHA to advertisers and agencies to track the performance of their video advertising campaigns across their ad buys. The license fee varies depending upon the level of access to our video advertising analytics and the volume of impressions actually analyzed through VHA during the term of the license. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods and are cancellable upon 30 days advance notice in case of a breach. Our clients are required to remit payment for use of VHA within 30 calendar days after the applicable month end.

        Publishers provide us with the video content within which we deliver video advertising campaigns on behalf of our advertiser clients. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. We consider a premium publisher to be a publisher that has professionally produced content, offers a quality video viewing experience, which includes size and placement of the video player, and delivers brand metric performance results to brand advertisers.

        We enter into agreements with our exclusive publisher partners that typically have a one year term and provide for a minimum fill rate, or a percentage of video ad inventory made available by the publisher to the Tremor Video Network that we must utilize in a given month, at a fixed CPM. At the

86


Table of Contents

end of each month, we calculate the amounts owed to our exclusive publishers based on the greater of (1) the number of video ads delivered in any given month and (2) the minimum fill rate. We are generally required to remit payment for these impressions within 60 days of month end. The scope of these exclusive relationships varies, with some publishers imposing geographical, device or inventory type limitations. For example, under an exclusive relationship, we may be a publisher's exclusive partner only for in-stream video in the United States. A publisher's direct sales force may continue to sell their video ad inventory to advertisers or agencies directly. With respect to our non-exclusive publishers, we purchase video ad inventory on an as needed basis at a fixed CPM. We are generally required to remit payment for these impressions within 60 days of month end.

Case Studies

        A large automotive company, or automotive company, has been an advertiser with us since 2009. In 2012, they began significantly leveraging our advanced ad formats and performance-based pricing model to reach engaged consumers at scale across the Tremor Video Network.

        In the fourth quarter of 2012, the automotive company ran six different video ad campaigns through the Tremor Video Network, all optimized toward the engagement KPI and priced on a CPE basis. Three of these campaigns were broad national efforts by the automotive company for its car models to get consumers to engage and spend more time with its messaging and increase consideration for its brand. Three of these efforts leveraged our ability to find Spanish language consumers in order to engage that market segment with the brand messaging for its car models. By creating a Super Pre-Roll video ad unit in Spanish, we were able to reach a critical audience for this automotive company connecting it to only interested, relevant consumers.

        Each video advertising campaign resulted in strong performance against its selected KPI, while simultaneously providing robust real-time insight into the signals that were driving campaign success. For example, this campaign achieved an engagement rate of 3.2% and drove significant time spent with the brand message, as consumers who engaged with the video ad unit spent, on average, 84 seconds with a 30 second video ad unit. Campaign results revealed that engagement was optimized when a viewer was exposed to a video ad 2-4 times, with diminished returns thereafter.

        As a result of these successful campaigns, we are seeing strong momentum with the automotive company and have continued to run video ad campaigns for them in the first quarter of 2013 across multiple divisions.

        A large CPG company began advertising with us in 2008, primarily using our solution to extend the reach of its video ad campaigns and build awareness online. Since 2011, the CPG company has increasingly leveraged our advanced ad formats, brand-centric KPIs, multi-screen capabilities and performance-based pricing models to drive brand goals.

        For example, in August 2012, one of the CPG company's brands looked to us for the launch of a new product campaign. The CPG company's goal was to increase engagement and time spent with the video ad. We worked closely with the CPG company's agencies to understand its campaign goals and built an immersive Super Pre-Roll ad unit that invited viewers to engage with the video ad to see additional video content and other product features. The campaign, which was priced on a CPE basis, was very successful, achieving average engagement rates of 5 to 6% and an impressive time spent metric, as viewers that engaged with the video ad spent on average 50 seconds with a 30 second video

87


Table of Contents

ad unit. Based on these results, the CPG company extended the campaign with additional flights in late 2012 and early 2013.

        As a result of this and other successful campaigns, the CPG company has significantly expanded its relationship with us in recent years. From 2010 to 2012, the CPG company:

        Moreover, from 2011 to 2012, the percentage of its ad spend on campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network that were optimized for brand lift and engagement KPIs increased from none to 33% and the percentage of the CPG company's ad spend attributable to CPE pricing increased from none to 10%.

        A large consumer product company was the first advertiser to run a campaign that was optimized for brand lift through the Tremor Video Network. This campaign, which was designed for one of its new products, ran in the fourth quarter of 2011. In response to a survey, approximately 115,000 consumers answered that they were more likely to try the new product after viewing the video ad. Following this initial success, the consumer product company has continued to increase its use of our brand lift optimizer for campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network. In 2012, it spent approximately $2.7 million across 13 advertising campaigns that were optimized for brand lift, representing 71% of its total spend with us in 2012. In the aggregate, these campaigns resulted in a positive shift of approximately 2.5 million consumers who indicated in a survey that they were more likely to buy the company's advertised products after viewing the video ad delivered by the Tremor Video Network.

        In 2011, a large entertainment company ran four video ad campaigns through the Tremor Video Network to promote its sports programming with the goal of increasing reach among male audiences between the ages 18 and 34. In 2012, the entertainment company significantly increased its advertising spend with us, running 25 different campaigns across sports and six original programs. A primary goal for the entertainment company for these campaigns was to increase engagement and reach viewers across multiple devices. Accordingly, in 2012, 30% of its video ad spend with us was on campaigns priced on a CPE basis and 28% of its video ad spend with us was on mobile campaigns. In the third quarter of 2012, it ran its first "four screen" campaign across computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs, for the second season premiere of a popular TV show. The campaign was optimized for engagement and utilized our advanced video ad units.

        In early 2013, the entertainment company continued to run "four screen" campaigns across computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs, for the second season premieres of two popular TV shows. Both campaigns were optimized for engagement and utilized our advanced video ad units. In late first quarter of 2013, we continued to expand our relationship by executing campaigns for additional TV programming.

        A large technology company began using the Tremor Video Network in 2008 and was one of the first adopters of our CPE pricing model in 2010, as it recognized the value of consumer engagement to

88


Table of Contents

brand building. From 2010 to 2012, the percentage of the technology company's ad spend with us that was earmarked against brand-centric KPIs increased from 8% to 46%.

        In the fourth quarter of 2012, the technology company launched a video ad campaign for a new product on the Tremor Video Network that was optimized for brand lift. Through our optimization technology, we were able to serve the campaign in environments and to viewers in a manner that drove a more favorable perception of the product. As a result of the success of this campaign, the technology company subsequently renewed the campaign in the first two quarters of 2013. As of April 2013, survey results show that these campaigns have shifted 360,000 viewers to more favorable perceptions and stronger consideration of the technology company's advertised product.

        A+E Networks® is a leading media company that owns a group of television channels including A&E®, HISTORY®, bio.® and Lifetime® as well as related premium websites such as aetv.com, history.com, biography.com and mylifetime.com. We began working with A+E Networks in July 2008. In January 2011, A+E Networks elected to make our relationship exclusive based on our ability to effectively monetize their online video content across all of their sites. As A+E Networks' exclusive partner, we are the only third party able to deliver video ads into their premium video content. The number of impressions from A+E Networks' sites that were served by Tremor Video Network grew by 50% from 2011 to 2012, making A+E Networks one of our largest exclusive partners. Based on the success of this exclusive relationship, in January 2013, A+E Networks enlarged the scope of the exclusive relationship to include video content delivered to A+E Networks mobile phones and tablets. We believe that our exclusive access to A+E Networks' premium video content helps us deliver strong performance for our advertisers and further differentiates us from our competitors.

        Viacom Media Networks, a division of Viacom International Inc., oversees the operations of many television channels and websites, including MTV, VH1, Comedy Central and Nick at Nite. We began working with Viacom Media Networks in February 2011 when they selected us as their exclusive partner for the monetization of unsold advertising inventory in connection with online video content across more than 20 premium sites in the United States. In January 2013, Viacom Media Networks extended its exclusive partnership with us through December 2014. We believe that our exclusive access to unsold inventory on Viacom Media Networks' premium video content helps us deliver strong performance for our advertisers and further differentiates us from our competitors. In particular, Viacom Media Networks' long form video content results in high completion rates for our video ads. In addition, since January 2013, Viacom Media Networks has been utilizing our VideoHub analytics solution, which we believe provides insights into video ad campaigns sold by Viacom Media Networks' direct sales team. We believe these insights will strengthen Viacom's relationships with its advertisers and strengthen our relationship with Viacom because of the incremental value-add we believe we are able to provide through VideoHub analytics.

Sales

        As of March 31, 2013, we had total sales and marketing staff of 154, with 139 based in the United States, and 15 based internationally. For 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our total sales and marketing expenses were $28.8 million, $35.0 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

89


Table of Contents

        Our sales strategy is focused on targeting the most "video ready" brand advertisers, including those advertisers that are large television advertising spenders and have internet display and search budgets. Our advertiser sales force is structured around the verticals that are most ready to spend on online video. Our core verticals include automotive, CPG and entertainment. In addition, we have increasingly focused on the technology and telecommunications, retail and financial services verticals as potential areas for expansion.

        We also have developed and will continue to develop preferred relationships with key agency holding companies that position us to benefit from increased online video spending by their constituent agencies. Brand advertisers' purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies and the sales process therefore can be time-consuming. We have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our brand advertisers, agencies and agency holding companies.

        Our sales executives and account managers are assigned to specific advertisers to oversee relationships and provide guidance throughout the campaign process from launch to post campaign review. Our creative team also works with advertisers to create innovative ad campaigns that are specifically suited for in-stream video viewing and optimizing viewer engagement, providing much needed insight to advertisers with limited exposure to digital advertising. We generally locate sales and marketing personnel across the United States to align with the geographies of our advertisers and agencies.

        Our enterprise sales organization is responsible for client acquisition, account management and overall market awareness of our VHA solution. We established our enterprise sales organization in the United States in 2011 and in Europe in 2012. We expect to continue to grow our enterprise sales and account management headcount in all of our principal markets and extend our offering into countries where we currently do not have a direct sales presence.

        Our publisher initiatives utilize a full-service development and support strategy. Our team of publisher development professionals is responsible for ensuring that we are meeting the ongoing needs of our publishers throughout the duration of the relationship, and is supported by engineers with deep technical expertise. We invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetizing their inventory with us rather than with third-party media networks and exchanges. This relationship building process can be time consuming and we have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our publisher partners.

Technology and Development

        Our technology and development efforts are focused on significant investments in VideoHub, which powers the Tremor Video Network and VHA.

        As of March 31, 2013, we had a total of 68 employees engaged in technology and development functions. For 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our total technology and development expenses were $5.9 million, $8.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

Competition

        We operate in a dynamic and competitive market, influenced by trends in both the overall advertising market as well as the online video advertising industry. The competitive dynamics of our

90


Table of Contents

market are unpredictable because our market is in an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations. The Tremor Video Network competes with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising networks and exchanges, such as BrightRoll, Inc. and YuMe, Inc. We also compete for advertiser spending with publishers, such as CBS, CNN and ESPN, who rely on their own sales organizations to attract brand advertisers across their properties. Our VHA solution competes with ad tech infrastructure companies, such as Adap.tv, Inc. and Videology, Inc.

        In the traditional media space, our primary competitors for middle of the funnel advertising spend are mainly cable TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers. Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and Yahoo! Inc. as well as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. Many of these competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have.

        We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

    proven technology and optimization capabilities;

    pricing;

    quality and scale of online video inventory;

    depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers;

    multi-channel capabilities;

    brand-centric measurement;

    ability to ensure brand safety; and

    transparency into ad performance and placement.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors and that we are well positioned as a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions to brand advertisers.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to protect our intellectual property and our technology will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property and protect our proprietary technology. We currently own one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain and expires in 2029. Additionally, we currently own eight pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as "Tremor Video." We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. We also use measures designed to control access to our technology and proprietary information. We view our trade secrets and know-how as a significant component of our intellectual property assets, which we believe differentiate us from our competitors.

        Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our intellectual property, our efforts may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property or technology by others. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and

91


Table of Contents

intellectual property is difficult. Third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain our proprietary technology, or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized disclosure by our employees, contractors or other third parties could also occur. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we operate and the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any impairment or loss of our intellectual property, or any inability to enforce our intellectual property rights effectively, could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our technology and intellectual property is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property or technology could make it more expensive for us to do business and could harm our operating results.

        Additionally, we expect that products in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement lawsuits as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We currently face, and expect to face in the future claims by third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other entities. In the future, we, or our clients, may be the subject of legal proceedings alleging that our solutions or underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others.

        We also encourage you to review the risk factors above titled "Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business" and "Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others."

Governmental Regulation; Industry Alliances

        We are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations that are applicable to companies engaged in the online video advertising business, including video advertising on mobile devices. In addition, many areas of law that apply to our business are still evolving, and could potentially affect our business to the extent they restrict our business practices or impose a greater risk of liability. We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy or data security related laws.

    Privacy

        Privacy and data protection laws and regulations play a significant role in our business. In the United States, at both the state and federal level, there are laws that govern activities such as the collection, use and disclosure of data by companies like us. Online advertising activities in the United States have primarily been subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, which has regularly relied upon Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or Section 5, to enforce against unfair and deceptive trade practices. Section 5 has been the primary regulatory tool used to enforce against alleged violations of consumer privacy interests. In addition, our solutions reach devices and users throughout the world, including in Australia, Canada, Europe, South America and Asia. As a result, some of our activities may also be subject to the laws of foreign jurisdictions. In particular, European data protection laws can be more restrictive regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of data than those in the United States. As we continue to expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

        Additionally, U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict industry participants' ability to collect, augment, analyze, use and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required

92


Table of Contents

before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online. The European Union, or EU, and some EU member states have already implemented legislation and regulations requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements. It remains a possibility that additional legislation and regulations may be passed or otherwise issued in the future. We also participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising and allow them to opt-out from the use of data we collect for the delivery of targeted advertising. The rules and policies of the self-regulatory programs that we participate in are updated from time to time and may impose additional restrictions upon us in the future.

        Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws or regulations pertaining to privacy or data protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others.

        In December 2011, the FTC issued an order in connection with the resolution of allegations that from April 2007 until September 2009, before we acquired ScanScout, ScanScout's privacy policy was deceptive with respect to cookies and consumers' ability to opt-out from data collection. The order requires that we do not misrepresent the extent to which data from or about a particular user or the user's online activities is collected, used, disclosed, or shared, or the extent to which users may exercise control over the collection, use, disclosure, or sharing of data collected from or about them, their computers or devices, or their online activities. It also requires that we: (1) notify users that our websites collect information for the purpose of sending targeted advertisements, along with a hyperlink to an opt-out mechanism, (2) include a hyperlink to such opt-out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to display advertisements; (3) undertake reasonable efforts to develop and implement a hyperlink to such opt out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to video advertisements; and (4) engage in recordkeeping and reporting obligations. The obligations under the order remain in effect until the latter of December 14, 2031, or the date 20 years after the date, if any, on which the U.S. government or the FTC files a complaint in federal court alleging any violation of the order. A violation of the order could lead to an FTC action for civil penalties. In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of "Flash" cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

    Advertising

        Even though we generally receive certain contractual protections from our advertisers with respect to their video ads, we may nevertheless be subject to regulations concerning the content of ads. Federal and state laws governing intellectual property or other third-party rights could apply to the content of ads we place. Laws and regulations regarding unfair and deceptive advertising, sweepstakes, advertising to children, and other consumer protection regulations, may also apply to the ads we place on behalf of clients.

    Industry Alliances

        Given the developmental stage of video advertising, industry practices are rapidly evolving. We are participating members of the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, including the DAA Principles and Communications Advisory Committee, which oversees the DAA and its working groups. We also participate in a wide range of IAB committees, councils and working groups, such as the IAB Public Policy Council, the Networks and Exchanges Committee, the Digital Video VAST & VPAID Standards Update Working Group, the Digital Video Committee, as well as other industry groups that are focused on establishing best practices for the online video advertising industry. In February 2013, our Chief Revenue Officer, Randy Kilgore, was elected as Chairman of the Interactive Advertising Bureau board of directors.

93


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of March 31, 2013, we had 249 employees, of which 68 were primarily engaged in technology and development, 154 were engaged in sales and marketing, and 27 were engaged in general and administrative. Substantially all of these employees are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal offices occupy approximately 22,000 square feet of leased office space in New York, New York pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2021. We also lease offices in San Francisco, California; Santa Monica, California; Chicago, Illinois; Boston, Massachusetts; Southfield, Michigan; Irving, Texas; London, England; and Singapore. We also utilize a third-party data center hosting facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and near-term needs.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe we are a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

94


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of April 15, 2013:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

         

William Day

    48   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Todd Sloan

    50   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Lauren Wiener

    45   President, Global Sales and Marketing

Steven Lee

    37   Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Adam Lichstein

    45   Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

         

Laura Desmond

    48   Director

Randall Glein (1) (3)

    47   Director

Rachel Lam (1)

    45   Director

Warren Lee (2) (3)

    43   Director

James Rossman (2)

    47   Director

Robert Schechter (1)

    64   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

         William Day has served as a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer since December 2010. From September 2008 to December 2010, Mr. Day served as the Chief Executive Officer of ScanScout, Inc., or ScanScout, until it merged with us in December 2010. From August 2007 to September 2008, Mr. Day served as Chief Media Officer of Marchex, Inc., a local consumer search and merchant ad platform. Mr. Day co-founded About.com, Inc., a public online resource company, in June 1996 and served at the company in a variety of capacities through December 2003, including as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Day received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Yale University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The board of directors believes that Mr. Day should serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our business, his experience in founding and building technology companies as well as his corporate vision and operational knowledge, which provide strategic guidance to our board of directors.

         Todd Sloan has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011. From May 2010 to December 2011, Mr. Sloan served as the Chief Financial Officer of AdKeeper Inc., an internet advertising company. From January 2009 to April 2010, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Operative Media, Inc., an ad management technology company. From September 2007 to December 2008, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at Heavy, Inc., a broadband entertainment company. From 2002 until August 2007, he served as Executive Vice President Corporate Development and Chief Financial Officer of NetRatings, Inc., a public audience measurement and analysis company. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Sloan served as Chief Financial Officer of About.com, Inc. Mr. Sloan received a B.B.A. in finance and accounting from the University of Wisconsin—Madison.

         Lauren Wiener has served as our President, Global Sales and Marketing since October 2012. From 2003 to 2012, Ms. Wiener served in various capacities at Meredith Digital at Meredith Corporation, a media and marketing company, including Senior Vice President, Digital from May 2008 to October

95


Table of Contents

2012, Vice President, Digital from October 2005 to May 2008, and Managing Director, Digital Sales and Marketing from July 2003 to October 2005. Ms. Wiener received a B.A. in history from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

         Steven Lee has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer since December 2010. From December 2011 until May 2013, Mr. Lee served as a member of our board of directors. In November 2005, Mr. Lee co-founded ScanScout and served as its Chief Technical Officer from November 2005 to December 2010. Mr. Lee received a B.S. in electrical science and engineering and an M.E. in electrical engineering and computer science from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The board of directors believes that Mr. Lee's extensive knowledge of our business as a co-founder of ScanScout, his insight into our day-to-day operational activities and his thorough technical understanding of our products allow him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Adam Lichstein has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel since April 2012. From December 2010 to April 2012, Mr. Lichstein served as our Senior Vice President, Publisher Development and General Counsel. From February 2010 to December 2010, Mr. Lichstein served as Senior Vice President, Operations and General Counsel of ScanScout. From April 2007 to February 2010, he served as Chief Operating Officer of ShopText, Inc., a mobile commerce and promotions company. Mr. Lichstein received a B.A. in history from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from New York University School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

         Laura Desmond has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2012. Since 2008, Ms. Desmond has served as the Global Chief Executive Officer of Starcom MediaVest Group, a global marketing services company which is part of the Publicis Groupe, S.A. She is also a member of the Publicis Groupe P12, an executive committee comprised of the company's top global leaders. Prior to her appointment as Global Chief Executive Officer in 2008, Ms. Desmond was Chief Executive Officer of SMG—The Americas from 2007 to 2008, where she managed a network spanning the United States, Canada and Latin America. She was Chief Executive Officer of MediaVest, based in New York, from 2003 to 2007, and from 2000 to 2002 she was Chief Executive Officer of SMG's Latin America group. Ms. Desmond also serves on the board of directors of Adobe, Inc., a multinational computer software company. She received a B.B.A. in marketing from the University of Iowa. The board of directors believes that Ms. Desmond should serve on our board of directors due to her experience as Global Chief Executive Officer of SMG as well as her prior senior executive positions at SMG. The board of directors believes Ms. Desmond's deep expertise in global media and marketing technology organizations, leadership capabilities and business acumen also allow her to make valuable contributions to our board of directors. In addition, her service on other board of directors gives her valuable industry knowledge and perspective.

         Randall Glein has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Since August 2006, he has served as a Managing Director of DFJ Growth Fund, a venture capital fund, which he co-founded. He currently serves on the boards of directors of several private technology companies. Mr. Glein received an M.B.A. from UCLA Anderson, an M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Southern California, and a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Florida. The board of directors believes that Mr. Glein's experience over two decades in the technology and media industries as a venture capital investor, operating executive and entrepreneur allow him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Rachel Lam has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2013. Since 2003, she has served as Group Managing Director of the Time Warner Investments group, the strategic investing arm of Time Warner Inc. She currently serves on the board of directors of several private technology and

96


Table of Contents

digital media companies. Ms. Lam received a B.S. degree in industrial engineering and operations research from U.C. Berkeley and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. The board of directors believes that Ms. Lam's experience with digital media and technology companies allows her to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Warren Lee has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Since June 2011, he has served as a General Partner of Canaan Partners, a venture capital firm. From July 2005 until June 2011, he served in various capacities at Canaan Partners including Principal then Partner. He currently also serves on the boards of directors of several private technology companies. Mr. Lee received a B.S. in computer science, and a B.A. in economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The board of directors believes that Mr. Lee's experience in digital media and internet investments allows him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         James Rossman has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2011. Mr. Rossman served as our chairman from August 2012 to May 2013. From April 2009 to June 2012, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of AKQA Inc., a digital services company. From April 2001 to March 2009, Mr. Rossman served as Chief Operating Officer of Digitas, Inc., an integrated advertising agency and a member of the Publicis Groupe, S.A. Mr. Rossman received a B.A. in economics from Trinity College and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Rossman's experience in marketing and advertising allows him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Robert Schechter has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. From 1995 to 2008, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of NMS Communications Corporation (now known as LiveWire Mobile, Inc.), a global provider of hardware and software solutions for the communications industry, and served as the chairman of its board of directors from 1996 to 2008. He currently serves on the board of directors of PTC Inc., a provider of software solutions and related services for product development, where he is the chair of the audit committee and a member of the compensation committee. He also currently serves on the board of directors of EXA Corp, a developer of computational fluid dynamics solutions and another privately held company. Mr. Schechter received a B.S. degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The board of directors believes that Mr. Schechter's prior management, international operating, financial and sales and marketing experience as a senior executive at publicly traded companies as well as his current and past service on the board of directors of a range of public and private companies allows him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Each director is currently elected to the board of directors for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of a successor director at our annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director's earlier removal, resignation or death.

        All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the voting provisions of a sixth amended and restated voting agreement between us and several of our stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. See the section titled "Related Party Transactions" for a description of this agreement.

97


Table of Contents

        In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    Class I, which will consist of Mr. Glein and Mr. Lee, and whose term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

    Class II, which will consist of Ms. Desmond, Mr. Rossman and Ms. Lam, and whose term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

    Class III, which will consist of Mr. Day and Mr. Schechter, and whose term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

        Our bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director's background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors determined that Mmes. Desmond and Lam and Messrs. Glein, Lee, Rossman and Schechter, representing six of our seven directors, are "independent directors" as defined under applicable stock exchange rules and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section of this prospectus titled "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions."

Lead Independent Director

        Our corporate governance guidelines provide that one of our independent directors shall serve as a lead independent director at any time when an independent director is not serving as the chairman of the board of directors. Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Lee, effective upon the closing of this offering, to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Lee will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, coordinate activities of the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and intends to form a nominating and corporate governance committee in connection with this offering,

98


Table of Contents

each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Glein and Schechter and Ms. Lam. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE listing standards. Mr. Schechter is the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Schechter is an audit committee "financial expert" as defined by Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

    reviewing related party transactions;

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

        Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of two directors, Messrs. Lee and Rossman, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an outside director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code. Mr. Rossman is the chairman of the compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

99


Table of Contents

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

        Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of two directors, Messrs. Glein and Lee. Mr. Lee is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include, among other things:

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board's performance.

        Our nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In connection with this offering, we have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.tremorvideo.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

100


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        We grant options to our independent directors who are not employees or affiliated with our largest venture capital and private equity firm investors upon joining our board of directors, subject to monthly vesting over four years. On January 19, 2011, our board of directors granted James Rossman an option for 103,593 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.28 per share. In recognition of Mr. Rossman's appointment as chairman of our board of directors, on August 7, 2012, our board of directors also granted Mr. Rossman an option for an additional 33,333 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.01 per share. On January 19, 2012, our board of directors granted Laura Desmond an option for 116,666 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.06 per share, which option exercise price was modified to be $5.01 per share in July 2012. In connection with Robert Schechter's appointment to our board of directors, on June 4, 2013, our board of directors granted Mr. Schechter an option for 41,666 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.15 per share. Each of the foregoing option grants vests, subject to continued service with our company, in equal monthly installments over four years measured from the date of the grant. Additionally, each director has a three year period to exercise the option grant after they no longer serve on our board of directors. All of the unvested shares subject to these options vest upon the closing of a change in control.

        Other than the option grants listed above, our directors were not historically entitled to receive any compensation in connection with their service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

        Our board of directors has adopted a director compensation policy for non-employee directors to be effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, non-employee directors will be compensated $30,000 annually for their services and will not receive any additional compensation for any regular board meeting attended. Our lead non-employee director will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000. Non-employee directors will receive $5,000 annually for serving on the audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, directors who are chairpersons of a particular committee will also receive additional annual compensation of $15,000 for the audit committee, and $10,000 for the compensation committee, and $7,500 for the nominating and corporate governance committee. Non-employee directors will also be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors. Non-employee directors will be granted annually equity-based awards having an aggregate grant date fair value of $100,000 in the form of restricted stock units. Any restricted stock unit grant will vest in full on the meeting date of the next annual stockholders' meeting. Newly appointed directors will receive equity-based awards having an aggregate grant date fair value of $200,000 which may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock units, or a combination of both. These awards will vest under the same terms as the annual awards. In accordance with the policy of her employer, Ms. Lam will not participate in our non-employee director compensation policy. We intend to grant each of our non-employee directors, other than Ms. Lam, restricted stock units having an aggregate grant date fair value of $100,000 based upon the closing price of our common stock on the date of this offering.

101


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our directors who were not also our employees. William Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a director. Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer, was also a director until May 23, 2013. Mr. Day does not and Mr. Lee did not receive any additional compensation for their services as directors. Mr. Day's compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under the section of this prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table."

Name
  Option Awards
($) (1) (5)
  Total ($)  

Laura Desmond

  $ 293,619   $ 293,619  

Randall Glein

         

Jason Glickman (2)

         

Michael Gordon (2)

         

Rachel Lam (3)

         

Warren Lee

         

Robert Migliorino (2)

         

David Orfao (2)

         

James Rossman

    87,670     87,670  

Robert Schechter (4)

         

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. With respect to Ms. Desmond's award, reflects an incremental increase in fair value of $28,151 of an option to acquire 116,666 shares of our common stock that was repriced in July 2012.
(2)
This director served on our board of directors until May 23, 2013.
(3)
Ms. Lam was appointed to our board of directors in May 2013.
(4)
Mr. Schechter was appointed to our board of directors in June 2013.
(5)
The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2012:

Name
  Aggregate Option
Awards
Outstanding (#)
 

Laura Desmond

    116,666 (1)

Randall Glein

     

Jason Glickman (4)

    66,666 (2)

Michael Gordon (4)

     

Rachel Lam (5)

     

Warren Lee

     

Robert Migliorino (4)

     

David Orfao (4)

     

James Rossman

    214,700 (3)

Robert Schechter (6)

     

(1)
1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing January 19, 2012.
(2)
25% of the total shares underlying this option grant vest after 12 months, with the remaining shares vesting 1/48 per month for each of the 36 months thereafter commencing on April 6, 2011.
(3)
As to 103,593 shares: 1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing on January 19, 2011. As to 33,333 shares: 1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing on August 7, 2012. 77,774 shares subject to such options were fully vested as of December 31, 2012.
(4)
This director served on our board of directors until May 23, 2013.
(5)
Ms. Lam was appointed to our board of directors in May 2013.
(6)
Mr. Schechter was appointed to our board of directors in June 2013.

102


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2012 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our named executive officers, which include our principal executive officer, the next two most highly compensated executive officers for 2012, and one additional current employee who served as an executive officer during part of 2012 for whom disclosure is required pursuant to SEC rules.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary ($)   Bonus   Option Awards
($) (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
  Total ($)  

William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer

  $ 397,917   $   $   $ 124,026   $ 521,943  

Lauren Wiener (3)
President, Global Sales and Marketing

    93,782     40,000 (4)   992,707         1,126,489  

Adam Lichstein
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel

    270,849         93,766 (5)   90,833     454,848  

Randy Kilgore (6)
Senior Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer

    375,000     5,112 (7)       186,696     566,808  

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the named executive officer will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2)
These amounts represented non-equity incentive plan compensation pursuant to our 2012 bonus plan, other than for Mr. Kilgore where such amounts represent payments pursuant to his sales commission plan where commissions were derived as a percentage of achievement of our revenue goals. For additional information with respect to our 2012 bonus plan see the section of this prospectus titled "—2012 Bonus Plan."
(3)
Ms. Wiener joined us in October 2012 and her cash compensation information reflects a partial year of service.
(4)
This amount represented a cash payment Ms. Wiener was entitled to receive so long as Ms. Wiener remained an employee in good standing through December 31, 2012.
(5)
Reflects $8,817 of incremental increase in fair value of an option to acquire 33,333 shares of our common stock that was repriced in July 2012.
(6)
Mr. Kilgore was an executive officer until October 2012 and remains a Senior Vice President and our Chief Revenue Officer.
(7)
This amount includes a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Kilgore with respect to 2012.

103


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2012

        The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2012. Our named executive officers did not hold any restricted stock or other stock awards as of December 31, 2012.

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration Date
 

William Day

    332,366       $ 1.49     9/1/2018 (1)

    147,668     25,212     1.11     2/11/2020 (2)

    524,333     524,332     4.28     2/2/2021 (3)

Lauren Wiener

        340,000     5.60     12/6/2022 (4)

Adam Lichstein

    34,588     14,242     1.11     2/11/2020 (5)

    79,183     79,183     4.28     2/2/2021 (6)

        33,333     5.01     4/24/2022 (7)

Randy Kilgore

    270,120         0.20     3/22/2017 (8)

    102,254         0.84     7/23/2018 (9)

    31,944     44,722     4.28     4/5/2021 (10)

(1)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of September 2, 2012.
(2)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on July 1, 2010. The remaining shares vest 1/48 at the end of each full month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(3)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 9, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(4)
25% of the total shares underlying this option will vest on October 22, 2013. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(5)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on February 16, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(6)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 9, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(7)
25% of the total shares underlying this option will vest on April 25, 2013. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(8)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of September 18, 2010.
(9)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of January 1, 2012.
(10)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on April 6, 2012. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.

Employment Arrangements

        The initial terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in employee offer letters. These offer letters generally provide for payment of continued salary and health insurance premiums for certain periods following either a termination without cause or resignation for good reason (as defined in the applicable offer letter), in exchange for a release of claims. These offer letters also provide for accelerated vesting of specified equity awards following a change in control transaction and following termination within a specified period of time following a change in control transaction. Each of our named executive officers is an at will employee.

104


Table of Contents

        The amount and terms of these benefits reflect the negotiations of each of our named executive officers with us. We consider these severance and change in control benefits critical to attracting and retaining high caliber executives. We believe that appropriately structured severance benefits, including accelerated vesting provisions, minimize the distractions and reduce the risk that an executive voluntarily terminates his or her employment with us during times of uncertainty, such as before an acquisition is completed. We believe that our existing arrangements allow each named executive officer to focus on continuing normal business operations and, for change in control benefits, on the success of a potential business combination, rather than on how business decisions that may be in the best interest of our stockholders will impact his or her own financial security.

        The following table sets forth their current base salaries, 2013 bonus target, and a summary of the material severance and change in control arrangements with our named executive officers:

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

William Day

  Salary: $400,000

Bonus Target: $150,000
  Severance : If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Day resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, he is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 12 months of continued salary; (2) 100% of that fiscal year's target bonus; (3) paid COBRA coverage for 12 months; and (4) 25% acceleration of the shares subject to his option to acquire 1,048,666 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011.

     

Change in Control: Upon the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Day is entitled to 100% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 172,880 shares of our common stock granted on February 12, 2010 and 25% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 1,048,666 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011. Further, if Mr. Day is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Day is entitled to 100% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 1,048,666 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011.

     

Upon termination of employment, Mr. Day has a five year period to exercise any of the vested or accelerated February 3, 2011 options that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code and any of the vested or accelerated February 12, 2010 options, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

       

105


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

Lauren Wiener

 

Salary: $475,000

Bonus Target: $275,000

 

Severance: If we terminate her employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Ms. Wiener resigns for good reason, and she delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with her confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Ms. Wiener is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) six months of continued salary; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus and any earned but unpaid bonuses from prior periods; and (3) paid COBRA coverage for six months.

     

Change in Control: If we terminate her employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Ms. Wiener resigns for good reason following the closing of a change in control transaction, Ms. Wiener is entitled to 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to her option to acquire 340,000 shares of our common stock granted on December 7, 2012.

     

Upon termination of employment, Ms. Wiener has a five year period to exercise any vested or accelerated options granted on December 7, 2012, that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

Adam Lichstein

 

Salary: $275,000

Bonus Target: $100,000

 

Severance: If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Lichstein resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) six months of continued salary; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus; and (3) continued COBRA coverage for the same periods of time as his continued salary payments.

106


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

     

Change in Control: Upon the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to 50% of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 48,831 shares of our common stock granted on February 12, 2010. Further, if Mr. Lichstein is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to (1) 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 158,366 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011; (2) 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 33,333 shares of our common stock granted on April 25, 2012 and (3) 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 100,000 shares of our common stock granted on May 23, 2013.

     

Upon termination of employment, Mr. Lichstein has a five year period to exercise any vested or accelerated options granted on February 12, 2010, February 3, 2011 or May 23, 2013 that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

Randy Kilgore

 

Salary: $400,000

Bonus Target: $250,000

 

Severance: If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Kilgore resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Mr. Kilgore is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) three months of continued salary if his termination of employment occurs before a change in control transaction and six months of continued salary if his termination of employment occurs following a change in control transaction; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus; and (3) continued COBRA coverage for the same periods of time as his continued salary payments.

     

Change in Control: If we terminate Mr. Kilgore's employment without cause following a change in control, and he delivers a general release of claims to us, Mr. Kilgore is entitled to 50% acceleration of any of his then unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 270,120 shares of our common stock granted on March 23, 2007.

107


Table of Contents

        The definitions of "cause," "change in control," "disability" and "good reason" referenced above are defined in the individual offer letters with each of the named executive officers, respectively, or the applicable equity incentive plan under which the stock option was granted.

2012 Bonus Plan

        In 2012, Messrs. Day and Lichstein were eligible to earn annual performance bonuses based on individual and company performance pursuant to our 2012 bonus plan. The company component included revenue, gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and year-end cash objectives and the individual component was measured by individual performance goals set by our compensation committee. The amount of the bonus earned, and the evaluations of individual and company performance were based on defined allocation ranges and formulas. In 2012, Mr. Kilgore was eligible to earn an annual bonus payment pursuant to his sales commission plan where commissions were derived as a percentage of achievement of our revenue goals. In March 2012, the compensation committee established individual target annual cash bonus opportunities for Messrs. Day and Lichstein for 2012. Ms. Wiener, who joined us in October 2012, received a guaranteed annual bonus payment provided she remained employed by us through December 31, 2012. There was also an ability to receive cash for performance in excess of these objectives capped at 150% of the target award for Mr. Day and 200% of the target award for Mr. Lichstein. The applicable targets for our named executive officers under the 2012 bonus plan were as follows: $150,000 for Mr. Day and $100,000 for Mr. Lichstein. Under his commission plan, Mr. Kilgore had an annual target of $225,000.

2012 Option Repricing

        On July 26, 2012 and August 8, 2012, we repriced options to purchase 1,089,338 and 36,666 shares of our common stock, respectively, to $5.01 per share, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on such dates, from $6.06 per share. Of the 1,089,338 options repriced on July 26, 2012, 106,333 of such options were originally granted on April 19, 2012 and 33,666 of such options were originally granted on April 25, 2012 and the remaining options were granted prior to April 2012. No other modifications were made to these options. Of these repriced options, 150,000 options were held by our named executive officers and directors. For additional information with respect to the repriced options held by our named executive officers and directors, see the sections of this prospectus titled "—2012 Summary Compensation Table" and "Management—2012 Director Compensation Table," respectively.

Equity Incentive Plans

    2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 plan, in June 2013. We do not expect to utilize our 2013 plan until after the closing of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2008 plan. No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2013 plan.

        Stock Awards.     The 2013 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation (collectively, stock awards). Additionally, the 2013 plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

        Share Reserve.     Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2013 plan after the 2013 plan becomes effective is 1,333,333 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2014 (assuming the 2013 plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2023, by

108


Table of Contents

4.00% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2013 plan is 53,333,333 shares.

        No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 6,666,666 shares of our common stock under our 2013 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 3,333,333 shares or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $10,000,000. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

        If a stock award granted under the 2013 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2013 plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2013 plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2013 plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2013 plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2013 plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2013 plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2013 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

        The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2013 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

        Stock Options.     Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2013 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2013 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2013 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder's stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested

109


Table of Contents

options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an nonqualified stock option, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

        Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder's death.

        Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock Awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant's cessation of continuous service for any reason.

        Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant's cessation of continuous service for any reason.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock

110


Table of Contents

with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2013 plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2013 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant's stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Performance Awards.     If certain material terms of the 2013 plan are approved by our stockholders after we are publicly traded, the 2013 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

        The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder's equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (25) customer satisfaction; (26) stockholders' equity; (27) capital expenditures; (28) debt levels; (29) operating profit or net operating profit; (30) workforce diversity; (31) growth of net income or operating income; (32) billings; (33) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (34) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (35) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (36) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (37) bookings; (38) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (39) employee retention and (40) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

        The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (1) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (2) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established,

111


Table of Contents

we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated goals; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any "extraordinary items" as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any divested business achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in our outstanding shares of common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

        Other Stock Awards.     The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2013 plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

    make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

        Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

112


Table of Contents

        Under the 2013 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

        Change in Control.     The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2013 plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2013 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant's written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 plan.

    2008 Stock Plan

        Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2008 Stock Plan, or the 2008 plan, in May 2008. The 2008 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in December 2012. As of March 31, 2013, there were 439,950 shares remaining available for the grant of stock awards under our 2008 plan and there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 5,355,322 shares that were granted under our 2008 plan. Following this offering, no further grants will be made under our 2008 plan and all outstanding stock awards granted under our 2008 plan will continue to be governed by the terms of our 2008 plan.

        Stock Awards.     Our 2008 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and the right to purchase stock to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants, collectively, "stock awards."

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of our common stock originally reserved for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2008 plan was the sum of (1) 1,407,518 shares (which was the number of shares subject to the 2006 plan's available share reserve as of the effective date of the 2008 plan) and (2) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards under the 2006 plan that expire or terminate for any reason. The 2008 plan has been amended nine times, with the most recent amendment approved by our board of directors and stockholders in December 2012, to increase the share reserve to 6,547,744 shares of our common stock. Shares of our common stock previously issued under the 2008 plan but reacquired by us, and shares subject to an outstanding option or other stock right that expires or is cancelled without being exercised, will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2008 plan.

        Shares of our common stock previously issued under the 2008 plan but reacquired by us, and shares subject to an outstanding option or other stock right that expires or is cancelled without being exercised, will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2008 plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, each referred to herein as the plan administrator, has the authority to administer the 2008 plan. Subject to the terms of the 2008 plan, the plan administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable to administer the plan.

        Stock Options.     Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for

113


Table of Contents

a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2008 plan, provided that the exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2008 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2008 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder's stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an option holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 6 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include cash or, at the discretion of the plan administrator, by (1) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (2) delivery of a promissory note, (3) proceeds from a broker-assisted cashless exercise and (4) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

        Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder's death.

        Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number of shares available for future grants under the 2008 plan, and (2) the number of shares covered by, and the exercise price of, each outstanding option.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of a merger or consolidation of the company, outstanding stock awards (1) will be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation, (2) will become fully vested and exercisable, and will be cancelled on the closing date, provided that with respect to any option the option holder has been provided with a period of time before the closing to exercise the option, or (3) with respect to options, cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option as of the closing date over the exercise price of the option, provided that the payment may be subject to vesting conditions to the extent the option is not vested as of the date of the closing.

        Change in Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

        Amendment and Termination.     The 2008 plan will terminate in May 2018. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2008 plan, provided that such action does not affect the existing rights of any participant. As noted above, in connection with this offering, our 2008 plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

114


Table of Contents

    2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        General Overview.     Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2006 plan, which became effective in September 2006. The 2006 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in December 2012. No further awards have been granted under the 2006 plan following the effectiveness of the 2008 Plan. All outstanding stock awards granted under our 2006 plan continue to be governed by their existing terms and the 2006 plan. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 380,198 shares that were granted under our 2006 plan.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number and class of shares available for award and the per participant limit under the 2006 plan, (2) the number and class of shares, vesting schedule and exercise price per share subject to outstanding options granted under the 2006 plan, (3) the repurchase price per share subject to repurchase under the 2006 plan, and (4) the terms of other stock-based awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding stock awards granted under the 2006 plan will be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation. With respect to outstanding options, in addition to or in lieu of the assumption, continuation or substitution of such options, the administrator may provide that the options must be exercised within a specified number of days and, if not exercised, will expire at the end of the period, or provide that outstanding options will be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option over the exercise price of the option, provided that before terminating any portion of an option that is not vested or exercisable, other than in exchange for a cash payment, the administrator must first accelerate in full the exercisability of the portion that is terminated.

    ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

        General Overview.     In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout in 2010, we assumed all outstanding options granted under the ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the ScanScout 2009 plan, held by employees and directors of ScanScout. All options not held by employees, consultants or directors of ScanScout were terminated at the effective time of the acquisition. All options granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan remained subject to their terms and continue to be governed by the terms of the ScanScout 2009 plan, but were adjusted, including with respect to both the shares subject to the options and the exercise price of the options, to reflect the issuance of our Series II common stock upon exercise. In addition the holders of assumed options granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan that were vested as of the date of the acquisition were entitled to a cash payment as set forth in the merger agreement. The ScanScout 2009 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in December 2012. No further awards have been granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan following the acquisition of ScanScout. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 768,673 shares that were granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the ScanScout 2009 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding stock awards may (1) be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation, (2) be subject to accelerated vesting, (3) be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised before the effective time of the transaction, or (4) be terminated in exchange

115


Table of Contents

for a cash payment equal to the value of the property the holder of the stock award would have received upon exercise in excess, if any, of the exercise price of the stock award.

        Under the ScanScout 2009 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding voting securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

        Change in Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that a stock award granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

    ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan

        General Overview.     In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. in 2010, we assumed all outstanding options granted under the ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan, or the ScanScout 2006 plan, held by employees and directors of ScanScout. All options not held by employees, consultants or directors of ScanScout were terminated at the effective time of the acquisition. All options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan that we assumed remained subject to their terms and continue to be governed by the terms of the ScanScout 2006 plan, but were adjusted, including with respect to both the shares subject to the options and the exercise price of the options, to reflect the issuance of our Series II common stock upon exercise. In addition the holders of assumed options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan, whether vested or unvested at the time of the acquisition, were entitled to a cash payment as set forth in the merger agreement. No further awards have been granted under this plan following the acquisition of ScanScout. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 498,210 shares that were granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments may be made to (1) the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan, and (2) the number, class and exercise price of shares covered by each outstanding option under the ScanScout 2006 plan.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan will be assumed or equivalent options will be substituted by the successor corporation. In the event the options are not assumed or substituted, the optionees will become fully vested in the options and have the right to exercise the options for a period of time determined by the administrator, and, if not exercised, the options will terminate at the end of that period.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Currently, we do not make matching contributions or discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan. Employees' pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan's related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a

116


Table of Contents

tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to potential extension or early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

117


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus titled "Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation."

ScanScout Acquisition

        In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout, in December 2010, (1) we paid approximately $5.0 million in cash to the former stockholders and optionholders of ScanScout, (2) issued an aggregate of 1,662,122 shares of our Series II common stock, 947,711 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock, 1,821,455 shares of our Series 2 preferred stock, 928,054 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock and 3,092,932 shares of our Series 4 preferred stock to the stockholders of ScanScout in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of ScanScout, (3) assumed all of the outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock of ScanScout and exchanged these options for options to purchase an aggregate of 1,623,770 shares of our Series II common stock and (4) issued a warrant to purchase 31,130 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 8,694 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock in exchange for warrants to purchase ScanScout preferred stock. These shares of stock, options and warrants were valued at the time of the acquisition at an aggregate value of approximately $81.0 million.

        In connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock immediately following the closing of such transaction received the following:

118


Table of Contents

Repurchases of Our Common Stock

    Common Stock

        In December 2010, we repurchased an aggregate of 1,541,598 shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders for $4.395 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of $6.8 million. The table below reflects the December 2010 common stock repurchases from our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Common Stock
Repurchased (#)
  Aggregate
Consideration
Received ($)
 

Jason Glickman (1)

    728,100   $ 3,200,000  

Andrew Reis (2)

    533,333     2,344,000  

Randy Kilgore (3)

    45,506     199,999  
           

Total

    1,306,939   $ 5,743,999  
           

(1)
Jason Glickman served as a member of our board of directors from November 2005 until May 2013 and is our former President and Chief Executive Officer.
(2)
Andrew Reis served as a member of our board of directors from August 2009 to November 2010.
(3)
Mr. Kilgore is a former executive officer and is our Senior Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer.

    Series II Common Stock

        In December 2010, we repurchased an aggregate of 832,812 shares of our Series II common stock from certain of our stockholders for $4.803 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of approximately $4.0 million. The table below reflects the December 2010 Series II common stock repurchases from our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series II
Common Stock
Repurchased (#)
  Aggregate
Consideration
Received ($)
 

Steven Lee (1)

    379,048   $ 1,820,571  

Waikit Lau (2)

    379,048     1,820,571  
           

Total

    758,096   $ 3,641,142  
           

(1)
Mr. Lee is a Senior Vice President, our Chief Technology Officer and a former member of our board of directors.
(2)
Mr. Lau is our Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and a former member of our board of directors.

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock

        In April 2010, we sold an aggregate of 5,453,975 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a price of $7.3341 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $40.0 million. The following table

119


Table of Contents

summarizes purchases of shares of our Series D preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series D
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

    3,408,732   $ 24,999,991  

Canaan VII L.P. (2)

    859,001     6,300,002  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)

    436,318     3,200,005  

Andrew Reis (4)

    9,089     66,667  

Jason Glickman (5)

    2,272     16,668  

Mark Pinney (6)

    2,272     16,668  
           

Total

    4,717,684   $ 34,600,001  
           

(1)
Consists of 1,603,809 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 1,576,880 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 127,486 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 43,461 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and 57,096 shares purchased by Draper Associates, L.P. Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(2)
Warren Lee, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Canaan Partners VII LLC, the general partner of Canaan VII L.P.
(3)
Consists of 428,508 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and 7,810 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P. Michael Gordon, a managing director of Meritech Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from January 2009 until May 2013.
(4)
Consists of 2,272 shares purchased by Andrew Reis and 6,817 shares purchased by Donald and Lillian Reis, Mr. Reis's parents. Mr. Reis served as a member of our board of directors from May 2007 to November 2010.
(5)
Mr. Glickman served as a member of our board of directors from November 2005 until May 2013.
(6)
Mr. Pinney served as our Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer from August 2009 to December 2011.

Sale of Series E Preferred Stock

        In December 2010, in connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, we sold an aggregate of 236,112 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a price of $8.005 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $1.9 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series E
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (1)

    187,380   $ 1,499,997  

(1)
Consists of 182,538 shares purchased by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 4,842 shares purchased by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV L.P. David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst Partners, served as a member of our board of directors from December 2010 until May 2013.

120


Table of Contents

Sales of Series F Preferred Stock

        In September 2011, we sold an aggregate of 3,965,126 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $9.3314 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $37.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series F preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series F
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 

W Capital Partners II, L.P (1)

    2,250,478   $ 21,000,004  

Canaan VII L.P. (2)

    448,786     4,187,785  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)

    222,483     2,076,076  

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (4)

    210,530     1,964,542  

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (5)

    189,855     1,771,613  
           

Total

    3,322,132   $ 31,000,020  
           

(1)
Robert Migliorino, a general partner of W Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from September 2011 until May 2013.
(2)
Warren Lee, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Canaan Partners VII LLC, the general partner of Canaan VII L.P.
(3)
Consists of 218,500 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and 3,983 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P. Michael Gordon, a managing director of Meritech Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from January 2009 until May 2013.
(4)
Consists of 99,054 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 97,392 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 7,874 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 2,684 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and 3,526 shares purchased by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC. Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(5)
Consists of 184,948 shares purchased by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 4,907 shares purchased by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV L.P. David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst, served as a member of our board of directors from December 2010 until May 2013.

Investor Rights Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement with our preferred stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as Jason Glickman, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement, among other things:

    grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them;

    obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of these stockholders; and

    grants some of these stockholders a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus, to the stockholders who are parties to the sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement.

        For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering.

121


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated voting agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as William Day, Jason Glickman, Waikit Lau, Steven Lee, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated voting agreement, among other things:

    provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors; and

    provides for the voting of shares with respect to specified transactions approved by the requisite supermajority of holders of our outstanding preferred stock.

        The sixth amended and restated voting agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as William Day, Waikit Lau, Steven Lee, Jason Glickman, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

    grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders, of which we made a limited assignment of such rights of first refusal to W Capital Partners II, LP and its affiliates for up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of our shares of capital stock; and

    grants a secondary rights of first refusal and right of co-sale to some of these stockholders with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders.

        The sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Employment Offer Letters

        We have entered into employment offer letters with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. For more information regarding these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section of this prospectus titled "Management—Executive Compensation."

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

        We have granted stock options to our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options granted to our directors and named executive officers see the section of this prospectus titled "Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012."

Relationship with Advertising Agencies

        Starcom Mediavest Group, or SMG, utilizes the Tremor Video Network for video ad campaigns for certain of its clients. During 2012 and the quarter ended March 31, 2013, advertisers that SMG represents paid us $18.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively, for video ad campaigns delivered through the Tremor Video Network. Laura Desmond, a member of our board of directors, is the

122


Table of Contents

Global Chief Executive Officer of SMG. SMG is wholly owned by Publicis Groupe. Ms. Desmond has recused herself from all negotiations related to SMG and us.

        AKQA Inc., or AKQA, utilizes the Tremor Video Network for video ad campaigns for certain of its clients. During 2011 and 2012, advertisers that AKQA represents paid us approximately $0.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for video ad campaigns delivered through the Tremor Video Network. James Rossman, a member of our board of directors, was the President and Chief Operating Officer of AKQA from April 2009 to June 2012.

Indemnification Agreements

        Our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board of directors. In addition, we intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Related Person Transaction Policy

        Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. We have adopted a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involves exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

        Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.

        In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

123


Table of Contents

        In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

    the impact on a director's independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

        The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

        All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.

124


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2013, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 41,014,452 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series II common stock and preferred stock into 34,294,672 shares of our common stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which will each occur automatically upon the closing of this offering. See the section of this prospectus titled "Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon shares, assuming the sale of shares of our common stock by us in the offering and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full is based upon 49,639,452 shares, assuming the sale of 1,125,000 shares of our common stock by us pursuant to the underwriters' option.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before July 30, 2013, which is 60 days after May 31, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

125


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Tremor Video, Inc., 53 West 23rd Street, New York, New York 10010.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering if
Underwriters' Option
is Exercised in Full
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

                                     

Canaan VII L.P. (1)

    7,839,828     19.1 %   7,839,828     16.2 %   7,839,828     15.8 %

W Capital Partners II, L.P. (2)

    4,726,886     11.5     4,726,886     9.7     4,726,886     9.5  

Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. (3)

    4,281,001     10.4     4,281,001     8.8     4,281,001     8.6  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (4)

    3,886,549     9.5     3,886,549     8.0     3,886,549     7.8  

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (5)

    3,677,751     9.0     3,677,751     7.6     3,677,751     7.4  

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (6)

    3,316,568     8.1     3,316,568     6.8     3,316,568     6.7  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                                     

William Day (7)

    1,182,509     2.8     1,182,509     2.4     1,182,509     2.3  

Lauren Wiener

        *         *         *  

Adam Lichstein (8)

    154,403     *     154,403     *     154,403     *  

Randy Kilgore (9)

    415,498     1.0     415,498     *     415,498     *  

Laura Desmond (10)

    43,750     *     43,750     *     43,750     *  

Randall Glein (5)

    3,677,751     9.0     3,677,751     7.6     3,677,751     7.4  

Rachel Lam (11)

        *         *         *  

Warren Lee

        *         *         *  

James Rossman (12)

    237,538     *     237,538     *     237,538     *  

Robert Schechter (13)

    868     *     868     *     868     *  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14) (12 persons)

    6,588,957     15.2     6,588,957     12.9     6,588,957     12.6  

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 7,839,828 shares held by Canaan VII L.P. Canaan Partners VII LLC is the sole general partner of Canaan VII L.P. Canaan VII L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Warren Lee, a member of Canaan Partners LLC, is a member of our board of directors. Brenton Ahrens, John Balen, Maha Ibrahim, Deepak Kamra, Gregory Kopchinsky, Seth Rudnick, Guy Russo, Eric Young, Wende Hutton and Stephen Bloch are managers of Canaan Partners VII LLC. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to all shares held by Canaan VII L.P. The principal business address of Canaan VII L.P. is 285 Riverside Avenue, Ste. 250, Westport, CT 06889.
(2)
Consists of 4,726,886 shares held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. W Capital II, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Robert Migliorino, a general partner of W Capital, served as a member of our board of director until May 2013. The sole general partner of W Capital Partners II, L.P. is WCP GP II, L.P. The sole general partner of WCP GP II, L.P. is WCP GP II, LLC. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC exercise voting and investment power over securities held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC are Robert Migliorino, David Wachter and Stephen Wertheimer and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of W Capital Partners is 1 East 52nd Street, Fifth Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(3)
Consists of 4,281,001 shares held by Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. Masthead Venture Partners Capital L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities. Masthead Fund General Partner, LLC, the general partner of Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. The managing members of Masthead Fund General Partner, LLC are Braden Bohrmann, Daniel Flatley, Richard Levandov, Brian Owen, and Stephen Smith and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this entity. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Masthead Venture Partners is 55 Cambridge Parkway Suite 103, Cambridge, MA 02142.
(4)
Consists of 3,816,982 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and 69,567 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities. Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., the general partner of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech

126


Table of Contents

    Capital Affiliates III L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. The managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. is Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. George Bischof, Michael Gordon, Paul Madera, and Robert Ward, the managing members of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. Mr. Gordon served as a member of our board of directors until May 2013. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Meritech Capital is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(5)
Consists of 1,701,331 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 137,546 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 1,730,385 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 46,889 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 57,096 shares held by Draper Associates, L.P. and 4,504 shares held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC. Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors. Mark Bailey, Timothy Draper, John Fisher, Jennifer Fonstad, Randall Glein, Stephen Jurvetson, Barry Shuler, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors and/or managing members of these funds and/or of the various general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal place of business for Draper Fisher Jurvetson is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(6)
Consists of 3,230,851 shares held by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 85,717 shares held by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. Entities affiliated with General Catalyst are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst, served as a member of our board of director until May 2013. General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P. is the sole general partner of each of General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. General Catalyst GP IV, LLC is the sole general partner of General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P. David Fialkow, David Orfao and Joel Cutler are managing directors of General Catalyst GP IV, LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of General Catalyst is 20 University Road, Suite 450, Cambridge, MA 02138.
(7)
Consists of 1,182,509 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(8)
Consists of 154,403 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(9)
Consists of 415,498 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(10)
Consists of 43,750 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(11)
Ms. Lam was appointed to our board of directors in May 2013.
(12)
Includes 150,157 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(13)
Mr. Schechter was appointed to our board of directors in June 2013. Consists of 868 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(14)
Consists of the shares listed in footnotes (5), (7), (8), (10), (12) and (13) above. Also includes 131,943 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013 owned by Todd Sloan, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer, and 356,665 shares of common stock and 388,032 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013 held by Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer.

127


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law are summaries. You should also refer to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. We refer in this section to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively.

General

        Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of March 31, 2013, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding Series II common stock and preferred stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the offering, there would have been 40,998,103 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by 205 stockholders.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of these series of preferred stock automatically convert into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $13.997 per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 4,624,988 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

128


Table of Contents

        Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

        All currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted automatically to common stock upon the completion of this offering.

        Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

        Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

        We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

        As of March 31, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate of 7,002,403 shares of common stock were outstanding under all of our equity incentive plans. For additional information regarding the terms of these plans, see the section of this prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans."

Warrants

        As of March 31, 2013, we had the following warrants outstanding, all of which are exercisable immediately prior to the completion of this offering:

129


Table of Contents

        All the warrants described above, other than the warrants to purchase Series B-1 preferred stock, become exercisable for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the closing of this offering. The warrants to purchase Series B-1 preferred stock become exercisable for shares of our common stock on a 1.04719-for-1 share basis upon the closing of this offering. Certain of these warrants have a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the applicable warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the applicable warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrants also contain a provision for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Registration Rights

        After our initial public offering, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, and those shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our outstanding preferred stock warrants, or the warrant shares, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement, or investor rights agreement, and are described in additional detail below.

        The registration rights provisions of our investor rights agreement provide these holders of registrable securities with demand (other than the warrant shares), piggyback and S-3 registration rights as described more fully below.

        At any time beginning upon the expiration of the lock-up period following this offering, as described below under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements," the holders of at least 60% of our registrable securities then outstanding (other than the warrant shares) in the aggregate, or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts, selling commissions, applicable stock transfer taxes and fees and disbursements of counsel, would exceed $20 million, have the right to demand that we file one registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we will be required to file the registration within 60 days. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 33,247,315 registrable securities are entitled to these demand registration rights.

        At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of our registrable securities then outstanding will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in any such registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 33,389,849 registrable securities are entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

130


Table of Contents

        Holders of at least 20% of our registrable securities then outstanding are entitled to request to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement, provided that we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $2 million and we have not already effected two registrations on Form S-3 within the preceding 12-month period. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 33,389,849 registrable securities are entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

        We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

        The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement to any holder of registrable securities will terminate when all of such holder's registrable securities could be sold without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

        In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

131


Table of Contents

        In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

         Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

        Our certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

        Our bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and, subject to applicable law, will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

        The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

        These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to

132


Table of Contents

discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

        Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by and of our directors, officers or employees to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Several lawsuits have been filed in Delaware challenging the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions and it is possible that a court determines such provisions are not enforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent's address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

        We have applied to apply for listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol "TRMR."

133


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of May 31, 2013 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series II common stock and preferred stock, 48,514,452 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or 49,639,452 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

        All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 41,014,452 outstanding shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualifies for exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

        As a result of lockup agreements and market standoff provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

        We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Rule 144

        In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

134


Table of Contents

        Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

        Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

        Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of May 31, 2013, 1,345,771 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled "Underwriting" and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        As of May 31, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate 7,194,204 of our common stock were outstanding. As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. See the section of this

135


Table of Contents

prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans" for a description of our equity incentive plans. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of the holders of equity securities outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters.

        The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

        In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our investors rights agreement and our standard forms of option agreements under our equity incentive plans, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

        Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 33,247,315 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to approximately 1.1664 common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and 142,534 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section of this prospectus titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information.

136


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by "Non-U.S. Holders" (as defined below). This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or to certain types of Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax rules, including partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks, financial institutions or other financial services entities, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons who use or are required to use mark-to-market accounting, persons that hold our shares as part of a "straddle," a "hedge" or a "conversion transaction," certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States, investors in pass-through entities, or persons subject to the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this summary does not address, except to the extent discussed below, the effects of any applicable gift or estate tax, and this summary does not address the potential application of Medicare contribution tax or any tax considerations that may apply to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and any other U.S. federal tax laws.

        This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and applicable Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements and decisions as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time with possible retroactive effect. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. This discussion assumes that a Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of the Code (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our shares that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and is not:

        If a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

         PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

137


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

        In general, distributions, if any, paid to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will constitute dividends and be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend (because such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in its shares of common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holder's basis, as capital gain (see "Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock" below).

        A Non-U.S. Holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. Holders must generally provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, with the payor of the dividend, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on its "effectively connected earnings and profits" for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

        In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

        Net gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United

138


Table of Contents

States. Any gains of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (ii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

        For purposes of clause (iii) above, a corporation is a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder's country of residence.

        Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor as to its foreign status, which certification may generally be made on IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

        Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that results in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

139


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

        A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to payments of dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

        The withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

140


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                    , 2013, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number of
Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Jefferies LLC

       

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

       

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

       
       

Total

    7,500,000  
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without Over-
allotment
  With Over-
allotment
  Without Over-
allotment
  With Over-
allotment
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

  $     $     $     $    

        The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except for (1) issuances pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, (2) grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, and (3) issuances of up to 5% of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of the offering in connection with acquisitions of businesses, assets or technologies or in connection with strategic partnerships, license arrangements or collaborations; provided that persons to whom such shares are issued agree to be bound by a lock-up agreement substantially similar to that described in the immediately following paragraph.

        Our officers, directors and substantially all of our security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or

141


Table of Contents

indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, or make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of our common stock, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        The representatives, on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. At least three business days before the effectiveness of any release or waiver of the restrictions described above in connection with any transfer of shares of common stock by an officer or director, the representatives will notify us of the impending release or waiver of any restriction and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms as the lock-up agreements described above to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of transfer.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "TRMR."

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than

142


Table of Contents

the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and (and amendments thereto, including Directive 2010/73/EU, to the extent implemented in each Relevant Member State) includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each underwriter:

        This prospectus is directed solely at persons who (i) are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) have professional experience in matters relating to investments or (iii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of The Financial Services and Markets Act (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in with relevant persons only.

143


Table of Contents


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the shares of common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the shares of common stock are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of common stock.

        THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED AND MAY NOT BE SOLD TO ANY PURCHASER IN A PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA OTHER THAN THE PROVINCES OF ONTARIO AND QUEBEC.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing the shares of common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares of common stock, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares of common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares of common

144


Table of Contents

stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares of common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares of common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of the shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Notice to Clients of Jefferies LLC ("Jefferies")

        With respect to Jefferies please note the following for the purposes of the international dealer exemption that is available to broker-dealers registered in a foreign jurisdiction pursuant to section 8.18(2) of NI 31-103:

1.
Jefferies is not registered as a securities dealer in any province or territory of Canada.

2.
Jefferies' head office and principal place of business is located in the State of New York, USA.

3.
All or substantially all of the assets of Jefferies may be situated outside of Canada.

4.
There may be difficulty enforcing legal rights against Jefferies because of the above.

5.
Jefferies' agents for service of legal proceedings in the provinces of Ontario and Québec are:

145


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, New York, New York. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, New York, New York is representing the underwriters.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Tremor Video, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        On April 2, 2012, our Board of Directors dismissed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm and approved the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm commencing with work to be performed in relation to our audit for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's reports on our financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 (not presented herein) did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

        During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, would have caused them to make reference to such disagreements in their reports on our financial statements for such years. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no reportable events of the type listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) of Item 304 (a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        We have provided PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and have requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

        You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these

146


Table of Contents

documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tremorvideo.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering.

147


Table of Contents


TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders' Deficit

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tremor Video, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tremor Video, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tremor Video, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 

 

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
April 3, 2013, except for Note 17,
as to which the date is June 13, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  December 31,   March 31,   Pro Forma
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,714   $ 32,533   $ 31,533   $ 31,533  

Short-term investments

    8,652              

Restricted cash, short-term

    36     21     621     621  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $980, $1,050 and $1,075 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    33,839     36,011     30,363     30,363  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    739     953     1,389     1,389  
                   

Total current assets

    74,980     69,518     63,906     63,906  
                   

Long-term assets:

                         

Restricted cash, long-term

    1,221     1,200     600     600  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,416, $3,077 and $3,359 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    1,943     1,995     1,850     1,850  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $5,427, $10,315 and $11,535 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    29,023     25,385     24,165     24,165  

Goodwill

    28,984     29,719     29,719     29,719  

Deferred tax assets, long-term

    1,752     1,695     1,695     1,695  

Other long-term assets

    77     211     261     261  
                   

Total long-term assets

    63,000     60,205     58,290     58,290  
                   

Total assets

  $ 137,980   $ 129,723   $ 122,196   $ 122,196  
                   

Liabilities, mandatorily redeemable securities and stockholders' (deficit) equity

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 16,288   $ 21,075   $ 17,797   $ 17,797  

Deferred rent and security deposits payable

    461     627     660     660  

Contingent consideration on acquisition

    817              

Deferred revenue

    35     210     401     401  

Deferred tax liabilities, short-term

    1,752     1,695     1,695     1,695  

Amount outstanding under credit facility and accrued interest expenses

    6,026     6,019     6,019     6,019  
                   

Total current liabilities

    25,379     29,626     26,572     26,572  
                   

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,127     1,103     1,098      
                   

Total liabilities

    26,506     30,729     27,670     26,572  
                   

Commitments and contingent liabilities

                         

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,082     162,466     162,561      

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                         

Share capital—

                         

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 6,166,059, 6,674,905 and 6,703,431 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013 (unaudited); 250,000,000 shares authorized, 40,998,103 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2013, pro forma (unaudited)

    1     1     1     4  

Series II common stock, $0.0001 par value: 2,333,333 shares authorized, 1,017,182, 1,047,357, and 1,047,357 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2013, pro forma (unaudited)

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    13,921     17,752     18,442     190,250  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    396     345     251     251  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,926 )   (81,570 )   (86,729 )   (94,881 )
                   

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (50,608 )   (63,472 )   (68,035 )   95,624  
                   

Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 137,980   $ 129,723   $ 122,196   $ 122,196  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )
                   

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense, net

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share:

                         

Basic and diluted

  $ (3.02 ) $ (2.22 ) $ (1.25 ) $ (0.67 )
                   

Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding:

                         

Basic and diluted

    6,952,952     7,499,986     7,318,320     7,729,218  
                   

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

                         

Basic and diluted

        $ (0.61 )       $ (0.32 )
                       

Pro forma weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding (unaudited):

                         

Basic and diluted

          40,747,301           40,976,533  
                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Other comprehensive loss

                         

Change in unrealized (loss) gain during the year on short-term investments available for sale

    (12 )   7     7      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    177     (58 )   59     (94 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

  $ (20,860 ) $ (16,695 ) $ (9,061 ) $ (5,253 )
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
and Changes in Stockholders' Deficit
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Preferred Stock(1)(3)    
  Common Stock(2)(4)    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
 



  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Loss
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Share   Amount   Share   Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    28,598,066   $ 126,199         6,075,557   $ 1   $ 8,029   $ 231   ($ 43,832 ) ($ 35,571 )

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance expenses $1,321

    3,965,126     35,679                              

Accretion of issuance costs

        204                 (204 )           (204 )

Exercise of stock options

                451,452         344             344  

Stock-based compensation

                        2,883             2,883  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

                (18,847 )       (14 )       (69 )   (83 )

Common stock issued in the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. 

                650                      

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

                674,429         2,883             2,883  

Net loss

                                (21,025 )   (21,025 )

Change in unrealized loss on short-term investments

                            (12 )       (12 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                            177         177  
                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    32,563,192     162,082         7,183,241     1     13,921     396     (64,926 )   (50,608 )

Accretion of issuance costs

        384                 (384 )           (384 )

Exercise of stock options

                369,890         433             433  

Stock-based compensation

                        2,919             2,919  

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

                169,131         863             863  

Net loss

                                (16,644 )   (16,644 )

Change in unrealized gain on short-term investments

                            7         7  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                            (58 )       (58 )
                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    32,563,192     162,466         7,722,262     1     17,752     345     (81,570 )   (63,472 )

Accretion of issuance costs (unaudited)

        95                 (95 )           (95 )

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                28,526         46             46  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                        739             739  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                (5,159 )   (5,159 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                            (94 )       (94 )
                                       

Balance as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    32,563,192   $ 162,561         7,750,788   $ 1   $ 18,442   $ 251   $ (86,729 ) $ (68,035 )
                                       


(1)
The Preferred Stock includes several series of Preferred Stock, see note 11.

(2)
The Common Stock includes two series of Common Stock, see note 11.

(3)
All share amounts have been restated to reflect a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split, see note 17.

(4)
All share amounts have been restated to reflect the renaming of the Company's "Series I Common Stock" to "Common Stock" and a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split, see note 17.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments required to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    956     1,104     246     282  

Amortization of intangibles

    5,132     4,888     1,232     1,220  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    2              

Amortization of original issuance discount

    9              

Bad debt expense

    (29 )   70     (2 )   25  

Mark-to-market expense

    373     22     40     (5 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on short-term investments

    (12 )   7     7      

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

    (4,430 )   (2,242 )   12,691     5,623  

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other long-term assets

    (17 )   (355 )   63     (486 )

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (3,135 )   4,787     (2,214 )   (3,278 )

Increase in deferred rent and security deposits payable

    461     166     32     33  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    35     175     (28 )   191  
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (18,797 )   (5,103 )   3,740     (815 )
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchase of property and equipment

    (733 )   (1,156 )   (159 )   (137 )

Maturities of short-term investments

    11,791     8,652     5,403      

Purchases of short-term investments

    (12,267 )            

Change in restricted cash

        36          

Purchase of domain name

        (50 )        

Acquisition of InPlay

        (1,950 )   (1,600 )    

Acquisition of Transpera, Inc., net of cash acquired

    12     15     15      
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (1,197 )   5,547     3,659     (137 )
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance expenses $1,321

    35,679              

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (83 )            

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    344     433     44     46  
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    35,940     433     44     46  
                   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    15,946     877     7,443     (906 )

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

    177     (58 )   59     (94 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    15,591     31,714     31,714     32,533  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 31,714   $ 32,533   $ 39,216   $ 31,533  
                   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities

                         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 310   $ 249   $ 101   $ 159  
                   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 323   $ 234   $ 76   $ 56  
                   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities

                         

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

  $ 2,883   $ 863   $ 863   $  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited)

1. Organization and Description of Business

        Tremor Video, Inc. (the Company) was originally organized as Tremor Media, LLC in November 2005 and converted into a corporation named "Tremor Media, Inc." under the laws of the State of Delaware in September 2006. The Company changed its name to Tremor Video, Inc. in June 2011. The Company is a provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Through its Tremor Video Network, the Company offers advertisers access to premium and often exclusive streaming video inventory and advanced real-time optimization capabilities at scale across multiple internet-connected devices in brand safe environments. In addition, through its VideoHub for Advertisers (VHA) solution, the Company provides advanced video analytic capabilities for advertisers to measure, verify and evaluate the performance of their video ad campaigns across multiple channels, both within and outside of its Tremor Video Network.

        On December 8, 2010, the Company acquired ScanScout, Inc. (ScanScout) an online video advertising network and the developer of the Company's video analysis and optimization technology, which is referred to as VideoHub. On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Transpera, Inc. (Transpera), a technology platform that enables video advertising formats to be served on mobile devices, such as phones and tablets. On January 17, 2012, the Company acquired the assets for the InPlay video management platform (InPlay) from Tube Mogul, Inc., which enables publishers of online video content to manage and analyze the performance of advertisements displayed within their inventory of video content.

        The Company is headquartered in the State of New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Accounting Principles

        The Company's financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP).

    Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tremor Video, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tremor Video Canada, Inc., Tremor Video GmbH (and its wholly-owned subsidiary Tremor Video Ltd. (UK Company)), Transpera and ScanScout (and its wholly-owned subsidiary Tremor Video Pte. Ltd.), which were incorporated or acquired on July 2, 2008, July 22, 2008, May 7, 2008, February 11, 2011 and December 8, 2010, respectively. The operating results of Transpera have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date of February 11, 2011. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        During November 2012, the Company ceased operations of Tremor Video GmbH. The consolidated operating results include Tremor Video GmbH operations through the date operations ceased.

F-8


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. The Company's management believes that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used are reasonable based upon information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company's management evaluates estimates, including those related to fair values and useful lives of intangible assets, fair values of stock-based awards, income taxes, and contingent liabilities. Such estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

    Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders' deficit, cash flows and the notes to consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements includes, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position at March 31, 2013, results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. The consolidated results of operations of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year due to seasonal and other factors.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

        The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) for the proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the IPO), assuming an IPO price of $12.00 per share. If consummated, all of the mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 33,247,315 shares of common stock based on the shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013. In addition, the outstanding warrants to purchase mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock and the preferred stock warrant liability of $1,098 as of March 31, 2013 will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, to adjust the assumed conversion of the mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and the reclassification of the warrants outstanding, is set forth on the unaudited March 31, 2013 pro forma balance sheet.

        The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 and interim period ended March 31, 2013 assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 33,247,315 shares of common stock upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering as of January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2013, respectively and (ii) the conversion of the warrants to common stock warrants as of January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2013. The amounts recorded to reflect the deemed dividend on the Series F preferred

F-9


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

stock and to adjust the warrants to fair value have been added back to net loss to arrive at pro forma net loss.

        The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma balance sheet and unaudited pro forma net loss per share provides material information to investors, as the conversion of the Company's mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock and the conversion of the warrants to common stock warrants is expected to occur upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, and therefore the disclosure of pro forma stockholders' equity and pro forma net loss per share provides measures of equity and net loss per share that are comparable to what will be reported by the Company as a public company.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers cash deposits and all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents approximates their cost plus accrued interest because of the short-term nature of the instruments. The Company's cash deposits are held at multiple high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company's cash deposits at these institutions often exceeded federally insured limits.

    Short-Term Investments

        The Company accounts for short-term investments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities." Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date.

        The Company classifies its short-term investments in marketable securities as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such classifications at each balance sheet date. All short-term investments are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses associated with available-for-sale securities are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within equity. Realized gains and losses, if any, are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. If the Company intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired security prior to recovery of its cost basis, then the full amount of impairment will be charged to earnings.

        At December 31, 2011, short-term investments represented investments in U.S. Government and agency securities, high quality corporate bonds and commercial paper with maturity dates in excess of 90 days but less than one year. All the Company's short-term investments were held at a single high-credit-quality financial institution and exceeded federally insured limits.

        As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company did not hold any short-term investments.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company utilizes fair value measurements when required. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted cash, other current assets, other long-term assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, security deposits payable and outstanding balances on the Company's credit facility and related accrued interest expense approximate fair value as of

F-10


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013, due to the short-term nature of those instruments and for the outstanding balances on the credit facility, the interest rates the Company believes it could obtain for borrowings with similar terms. See Note 3 for a discussion of the determination of fair value for the reported amounts of its short-term investments, warrants for the purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and contingent consideration on acquisition.

    Restricted Cash

        As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the Company had total restricted cash in the amounts of $1,257, $1,221 and $1,221, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the restricted cash used to collateralize standby letters of credit outstanding for an office space in New York, New York and Boston, Massachusetts were $1,200, of which $600 matures in May 2013 with the remaining $600 maturing at various dates through 2021, and $21, which matures in May 2013, respectively.

    Accounts Receivable, Net

        The Company carries its accounts receivable at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, management evaluates its accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past history of write-downs. A receivable is considered past due if the Company has not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. The Company generally does not require any security or collateral to support its receivables.

    Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Computer hardware   3 years
Office equipment   3 years
Computer software   3 years

        Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the life of the asset. The cost of additions, and expenditures that extend the useful lives of existing assets, are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Property and equipment subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are

F-11


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, no impairment losses have been identified.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

        Primarily all of the Company's goodwill and intangible assets originated with the acquisition of ScanScout, Transpera and the acquired assets of InPlay (See notes 5 and 6). In connection with the Scanscout acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $27,998 and intangible assets totaling $31,900. In connection with the Transpera acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $971 and intangible assets totaling $2,550. In connection with the acquired assets of InPlay, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $750 and intangible assets totaling $1,200. On August 7, 2012 the Company purchased a domain name from a third party for $50, the Company determined that this intangible asset had an indefinite life. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

        The Company assesses goodwill for impairment, using a qualitative process, annually as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company operates as one operating segment and as a singular reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit's goodwill is necessary.

        If it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior accounting guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.

        In performing its qualitative assessment, the Company considered a number of factors, including macroeconomic conditions, the market for its industry, any developments with respect to its operating costs, the financial performance of its reporting unit, any changes to management or key personnel, and any changes to its intangible assets and their respective values. The Company concluded that there were no negative developments with respect to these factors that indicated that any goodwill is at risk of impairment.

        For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses have been identified, and no reporting unit was at risk of impairment, including under the first-step of the two-step impairment determination process.

F-12


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method as follows:

Technology   5 to 7 years
Customer relationships   5 to 10 years
Trademarks and trade names   5 to 7 years
Non-competition agreements   1 year

        Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired. There were no indicators of impairment to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company generates revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. The Company also generates revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers. Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of the viewers. The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history. Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

        The Company recognizes revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered. Specifically, revenue is recognized for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of each impression served for cost per impression ad campaign (CPM), engagement by the consumer with a video ad campaign (CPE) or the completion of a video ad by the consumer ad campaign (CPVC).

        In the normal course of business, the Company acts as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the Company's transactions. In determining whether the Company acts as the principal or an agent, the Company follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether the Company is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Company is the primary obligor and is responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, and (4) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, the Company acts as the principal in these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

F-13


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The license fees for VHA and the Company's publisher solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions. The Company recognizes revenue with respect to these solutions on a CPM basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. Typically, the Company's license terms are for one year periods. In limited cases, the Company charges a minimum monthly fee.

        Deferred revenue arises as a result of differences between the timing of revenue recognition and receipt of cash from the Company's customers. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013, there were $35, $210 and $401, respectively, of services for which cash payments were received in advance of the Company's performance of the service under the arrangement and recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue primarily represents the video advertising inventory costs under the Company's publisher contracts, third party hosting fees and third party serving fees incurred to deliver the video ads run through the Tremor Video Network. Cost of revenue also includes costs of licenses from third party data providers utilized in the Company's VHA solution. Substantially all of the Company's cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under its publisher contracts. Cost of revenue is recognized on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time that the associated advertising revenue is recognized. Substantially all of the Company's exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that the Company must purchase this inventory even if the Company lacks a video advertising campaign to deliver to these video ad impressions. The Company recognizes the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered on the publisher's website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period. Historically, the impact of the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material. Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

    Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

        Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the same period. Diluted loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding.

        The total weighted average number of common stock related to the outstanding options, warrants and mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, which were excluded from the calculations of diluted net loss common stock, because these securities are anti-dilutive, was 39,431,181 and 39,584,044 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and 39,474,621 and 39,706,528 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation," which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense based on

F-14


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

estimated fair values for all share-based payment awards made to employees, other service providers and non-employees.

        ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards, which have graded vesting based on service conditions, using the straight-line method, over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

        Calculating the fair value of the stock-based options requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the stock-based awards and stock price volatility. The Company estimates the expected life of stock options granted based on the simplified method, which the Company believes, is representative of the actual characteristics of the awards. The Company estimates the volatility of the common stock on the date of grant based on the historic volatility of comparable companies in its industry. The Company selected the risk-free interest rate based on yields from United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term consistent with the expected life of the awards in effect at the time of grant. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and has no plan to do so. Consequently, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        In the event of modification of the conditions on which stock-based compensation was granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement or is otherwise beneficial to the employee/other service provider at the modification date.

    Technology and Development

        Technology and development costs primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel. Additional expenses in this category include costs related to development, quality assurance and testing of new technology, maintenance and enhancement of the Company's existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead. The Company engages third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance, and support. Due to the rapid development and changes in the Company's business and underlying technology to date, the Company has expensed development costs in the same period that those costs were incurred.

    Sales and Marketing

        Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for marketing and creative employees and the advertiser focused, publisher focused and licensing solution focused sales and sales support employees. Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. These costs are expensed when incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs, which are comprised of print and internet advertising, were $1,358 and $1,372 for the

F-15


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $556 and $581 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences.

        The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company reduces the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of the Company's historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, the Company does not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of the net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because the Company believes it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is "more-likely-than-not" that the position will be sustained upon examination. Potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recognized in income tax expense.

    Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company's cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company's cash and cash equivalent accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts.

        During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, there were no advertisers that accounted for more than 10% of revenue or greater than 10% of outstanding receivables at year-end.

    Comprehensive Loss

        Comprehensive loss consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax and currency translation. Total comprehensive loss and its components are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

F-16


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's international subsidiaries is accounted for in their local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using period-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, and average rates of exchange for revenue, costs, and expenses. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders' deficit. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, a cumulative translation adjustment of $177 and $(58), respectively, and $59 and $(94) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, were recorded as a component of comprehensive loss in the consolidated financial statements. Realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they occur, except on inter-company balances considered to be long-term. Transaction gains and losses on inter-company balances which are considered to be long-term are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. During 2012, the Company considered their inter-company balances to be long-term in nature. Net (loss) gain resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies was accounted for in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and totaled $(256) and $28 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $(5) and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

F-17


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Business Combinations

        In business combinations, the Company determines the acquisition purchase price as the sum of the consideration provided. The underlying principles require that the Company recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, generally at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company's estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The direct transaction costs associated with the business combination are expensed as incurred.

        When the Company issues stock-based awards to an acquired company's selling stockholders, the Company evaluates whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. The Company's evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the stock-based awards is contingent on the continued employment of the selling stockholder beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as future compensation expense over the required service period.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument will be categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation. The three-tiers are defined as follows:

    Level 1.   Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

    Level 2.   Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

    Level 3.   Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions.

F-18


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following tables summarize the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Short-term investment (1)

  $ 8,652   $ 8,652   $   $  
                   

  $ 8,652   $ 8,652   $   $  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,127   $   $   $ 1,127  

Contingent consideration on acquisition (3)

    817             817  
                   

  $ 1,944   $   $   $ 1,944  
                   

 

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,103   $   $   $ 1,103  
                   

  $ 1,103   $   $   $ 1,103  
                   

 

 
  Balance at
March 31,
2013
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,098   $   $   $ 1,098  
                   

  $ 1,098   $   $   $ 1,098  
                   

(1)
As of December 31, 2011, all of the Company's short-term investments were held in U.S. Government and agency securities, high quality corporate bonds and commercial paper which were measured at fair value using Level 1 inputs. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company did not hold any short-term investments.
(2)
The Company used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock. Significant inputs included an estimate of the fair value of the Company's preferred stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrant, a risk-free rate of interest, and an estimate of the Company's stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies.
(3)
On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of Transpera. The purchase price included contingent consideration of up to 169,131 shares of common stock payable in one year based on certain

F-19


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    performance criteria. The Company used a valuation model based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the Company exercised judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company's common stock.

    Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

        The following tables presents the changes in the Company's Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Warrants for purchase
of Mandatorily
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
  2011   2012  

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $ 848   $ 1,127  

Mark-to-market expense (income)

    279     (24 )
           

Ending balance at December 31,

  $ 1,127   $ 1,103  
           

 

 
  Contingent Consideration
on Acquisition
 
 
  2011   2012  

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $   $ 817  

Contingent consideration on acquisition

    723      

Mark-to-market expenses

    94     46  

Settlement of contingent consideration

        (863 )
           

Ending balance at December 31,

  $ 817   $  
           

 

 
  Warrants for purchase
of Mandatorily
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $ 1,127   $ 1,103  

Mark-to-market income

    (6 )   (5 )
           

Ending balance at March 31,

  $ 1,121   $ 1,098  
           

F-20


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

4. Property and Equipment, Net

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cost:

                   

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 670   $ 765   $ 767  

Computer hardware

    2,210     2,885     2,985  

Office equipment

    69     28     30  

Computer software

    417     545     554  

Leasehold improvements

    993     849     873  
               

    4,359     5,072     5,209  

Accumulated depreciation

   
(2,416

)
 
(3,077

)
 
(3,359

)
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 1,943   $ 1,995   $ 1,850  
               

        The depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $956 and $1,104 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $246 and $282 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a reduction of $229 and $443, respectively, to the cost and accumulated depreciation of fully depreciated equipment and leasehold improvements no longer in use.

5. Acquisitions

    Transpera, Inc.

        On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of Transpera for $3,295 of the Company's common stock. Transpera owns and operates a technology platform that enables video advertising formats to be served on mobile devices, tablets and connected TVs.

        The purchase price included contingent consideration of up to 169,131 shares payable in one year based on certain performance criteria. The fair value of this consideration was determined to be $723 as of the acquisition date and was marked to market at fair value quarterly in other expenses. On February 11, 2012, the Company issued 169,131 shares, which were valued at $863, upon satisfaction of the performance criteria. The initial fair value was recorded as part of the purchase price while subsequent changes to fair value were reflected as other expenses.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The fair values presented are based on a preliminary valuation and are subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. The measurement period provides the Company with the ability to adjust the fair values of acquired assets

F-21


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

5. Acquisitions (Continued)

and assumed liabilities for new information that is obtained about circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Total purchase price

  $ 3,295  

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

       

Tangible assets acquired

       

Cash

    12  

Accounts receivable

    723  

Other current assets

    73  
       

Total tangible assets acquired

    808  

Identified intangible assets acquired:

   
2,550
 

Current liabilities

    (1,034 )
       

Total assets acquired in excess of liabilities assumed

   
2,324
 

Goodwill

    986  

Adjustment of Transpera goodwill

    (15 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 3,295  
       

        In addition to the purchase price of $3,295, the Company issued an additional $300 of common stock on the acquisition date to satisfy certain pre-acquisition liabilities of Transpera.

    InPlay

        On January 17, 2012, the Company purchased TubeMogul's InPlay Analytics Product (InPlay). InPlay is a market leading publisher analytics suite for online video, and powers analytics for web properties that publish video content. Consideration consisted of $1,950 in cash.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired at the acquisition date. The fair values presented are based on a preliminary valuation and are subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. The measurement period provides the Company with the ability to adjust the fair values of acquired assets for new information that is obtained about circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Technology

  $ 900  

Customer relationships

    200  

Trademarks and trade names

    100  

Goodwill

    750  
       

  $ 1,950  
       

F-22


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2011

  $ 28,060  

Adjustment of ScanScout goodwill

    (62 )

Goodwill—Transpera

    986  
       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    28,984  

Adjustment of Transpera goodwill

    (15 )

Goodwill—InPlay

    750  
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

  $ 29,719  
       

        There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

        Information regarding the Company's acquisition related intangible assets, net is as follows:

        As of December 31, 2011:

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 23,600   $ (3,621 ) $ 19,979  

Customer relationships

    8,700     (990 )   7,710  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,550     (239 )   1,311  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (577 )   23  
               

  $ 34,450   $ (5,427 ) $ 29,023  
               

        As of December 31, 2012:

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 24,500   $ (7,239 ) $ 17,261  

Customer relationships

    8,900     (1,988 )   6,912  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,650     (488 )   1,162  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (600 )    

Domain name (1)

    50         50  
               

  $ 35,700   $ (10,315 ) $ 25,385  
               

F-23


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net (Continued)

        As of March 31, 2013 (unaudited):

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 24,500   $ (8,146 ) $ 16,354  

Customer relationships

    8,900     (2,238 )   6,662  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,650     (551 )   1,099  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (600 )    

Domain name (1)

    50         50  
               

  $ 35,700   $ (11,535 ) $ 24,165  
               

(1)
This intangible asset is considered to have an indefinite useful life.

        Amortization expense amounted to $5,132 and $4,888 for the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2012, respectively, and $1,232 and $1,220 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

        The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets that are considered to have a definite life as of March 31, 2013 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

2013

  $ 3,656  

2014

    4,876  

2015

    4,876  

2016

    4,460  

2017

    3,957  

2018 and thereafter

    2,290  
       

  $ 24,115  
       

7. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

        Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of:

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade accounts payable

  $ 12,134   $ 15,191   $ 11,615  

Accrued cost of sales

    824     1,058     1,112  

Accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes

    1,912     3,627     2,550  

Income taxes payable

    68     36     226  

Other accrued expenses

    1,350     1,163     2,294  
               

  $ 16,288   $ 21,075   $ 17,797  
               

F-24


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

8. Credit Facility and Accrued Interest Expense

        On February 7, 2010, the Company amended its then existing loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB). As amended, the loan and security agreement provided for a $7,000 revolving working capital credit facility. The credit facility includes customary conditions to borrowing, covenants and events of default. The credit facility also contains a financial covenant requiring that the ratio of current assets to current liabilities (excluding deferred revenue) be at least 1.25 to 1. As collateral for its obligations under the credit facility, the Company granted a first priority security interest to SVB in all assets of the Company other than intellectual property. The Company has agreed not to pledge its intellectual property as collateral without SVB's prior written consent.

        In February 2011, the credit facility was amended to, among other things, revise the interest rate to be equal to SVB's prime rate plus 1.0% and provide for a fee of 0.20% for any unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Such fee is payable quarterly but no fee is charged for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of borrowings during such quarter is more than $10,000.

        On December 31, 2011, the Company expanded the borrowing capacity under the credit facility to the lesser of $25,000 and a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable.

        On March 8, 2012, the credit facility was amended to, among other things, revise the interest rate to SVB's prime rate plus 0.5% and provide for a termination date of December 30, 2014. The Company had $6,000 aggregate principal amount of borrowings outstanding under the facility and was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013.

9. Warrants for Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        In connection with the Company's entry into, and various amendments of, its loan and credit facility agreements in 2007, 2008 and 2010 (See note 8), warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued to SVB. In addition, with the acquisition of ScanScout in 2010, the Company exchanged ScanScout's pre-acquisition preferred stock warrants into warrants for the new series of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock that was issued as part of the acquisition.

        The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to expiration. Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either put-able or mandatorily redeemable) are accounted for as liabilities, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or price, even though the underlying shares may be classified as equity.

        The following table summarizes the Company's outstanding warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and as of March 31, 2013:

 
   
   
   
   
  Fair Value as of  
 
   
   
   
   
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
   
   
  Exercise
Price
  Warrants
Outstanding
 
 
  Grant Date   Expiration Date   2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A

  June 7, 2007   June 7, 2017   $ 1.27     35,520   $ 302   $ 299   $ 298  

Series B-1

  December 8, 2008   December 7, 2018   $ 4.86     33,930     255     246     244  

Series C

  February 8, 2010   February 8, 2020   $ 3.79     31,659     252     245     244  

Series 1

  December 8, 2010   June 30, 2017   $ 2.46     31,130     258     256     255  

Series 3

  December 8, 2010   February 6, 2015   $ 5.75     8,694     60     57     57  
                                 

                  140,933   $ 1,127   $ 1,103   $ 1,098  
                                 

        Mark-to-market (expense) income related to the fair value measurement of the warrants were $(279) and $24 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $(6) and $(5) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

F-25


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

10. Commitments and Contingencies

    Operating Commitments

        The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. In addition, the Company utilizes co-location services for its servers and other computer hardware. These services are multi-year, non-cancellable agreements that are similar in form to a lease on office space. The Company also contracted for other marketing services under various non-cancellable agreements that expire at various dates through 2013.

        Future minimum payment commitments required under the Company's non-cancellable office leases, co-location agreements and marketing services as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

2013

  $ 1,896  

2014

    1,717  

2015

    1,345  

2016

    1,225  

2017

    1,108  

2018 and thereafter

    3,253  
       

  $ 10,544  
       

        Total rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1,308 and $1,397, respectively, and $337 and $355 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Letters of Credit

        At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $1,257, $1,221 and $1,221, respectively, related to two office spaces in New York, New York and Boston, Massachusetts.

    Legal Contingencies

        During the normal course of the business, the Company is occasionally involved with various claims and litigation. Reserves are established in connection with such matters when a loss is probable and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, no material reserves were recorded. No reserves are established for losses which are only reasonably possible. The determination of probability and the estimation of the actual amount of any such loss are inherently unpredictable, and it is therefore possible that the eventual outcome of such claims and litigation could exceed the estimated reserves, if any. Based upon the Company's experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe it is reasonably possible that any proceedings or possible related claims will have a material effect on its financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

    Common Stock

        As of each December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the Company has two classes of $0.0001 par value common stock as follows:

 
   
  Outstanding as of
December 31,
  Outstanding as of
March 31,
 
 
  Authorized as of
December 31,
2011 and 2012
 
Series
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series I

    50,000,000     6,166,059     6,674,905     6,703,431  

Series II

    2,333,333     1,017,182     1,047,357     1,047,357  
                   

    52,333,333     7,183,241     7,722,262     7,750,788  
                   

        The Series I and II classes of common stock are identical in all significant respects. Each share is entitled to one vote and both classes of shares are subordinate to the preferred stock in the payment of dividends and liquidation preferences. The Series II common stock will automatically convert into Series I common stock upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, which results in at least $50 million of net proceeds to the Company and in which the enterprise value of the Company prior to such offering is at least $450 million (see note 17).

    Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        As of each December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 32,742,929 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

        Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (preferred stock) consists of the following as of December 31, 2012, and March 31, 2013:

Series
  Issued   Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
  Original
Issue Price
  Liquidation
Preference
  Carrying Value
as of December 31, 2012
  Carrying Value
as of March 31, 2013
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A

  September 2006     6,861,975     6,826,451   $ 1.2669   $ 8,648   $ 8,402   $ 8,419  

Series B

  December 2007     3,500,732     3,500,729   $ 3.1422   $ 11,000   $ 10,949   $ 10,952  

Series B-1

  May 2008     548,032     514,102   $ 4.8629   $ 2,500   $ 2,479   $ 2,480  

Series C

  February and August 2009     5,308,216     5,276,554   $ 3.7904   $ 20,000   $ 19,932   $ 19,936  

Series D

  April 2010     5,453,975     5,453,970   $ 7.3341   $ 40,000   $ 39,931   $ 39,936  

Series E

  December 2010     238,000     236,108   $ 8.0051   $ 1,890   $ 1,890   $ 1,890  

Series 1

  December 2010     979,333     947,711   $ 2.4575   $ 2,329   $ 5,217   $ 5,217  

Series 2

  December 2010     1,822,000     1,821,455   $ 4.1387   $ 7,538   $ 12,404   $ 12,404  

Series 3

  December 2010     937,333     928,054   $ 5.7507   $ 5,337   $ 7,517   $ 7,517  

Series 4

  December 2010     3,093,333     3,092,932   $ 2.7548   $ 8,520   $ 17,722   $ 17,723  

Series F

  September 2011     4,000,000     3,965,126   $ 9.3314   $ 37,000   $ 36,023   $ 36,087  
                                   

        32,742,929     32,563,192               $ 162,466   $ 162,561  
                                   

        On September 6, 2011, the Company sold 3,965,126 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $9.3314 per share for aggregate proceeds of $37 million. The Company incurred $1,321 in costs associated with the sale of the preferred stock.

F-27


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

    Dividends

        The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available, dividends at the following annual rates:

Series
  Dividend Rate  

Series A

  $ 0.10140  

Series B

  $ 0.25140  

Series B-1

  $ 0.38910  

Series C

  $ 0.30330  

Series D

  $ 0.58680  

Series E

  $ 0.64035  

Series 1

  $ 0.19665  

Series 2

  $ 0.33105  

Series 3

  $ 0.46005  

Series 4

  $ 0.22035  

Series F

  $ 0.74655  

        No dividends or other distributions will be made with respect to common stock until all declared dividends on the preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through the date of this report.

    Conversion

        The preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the holder. Except for the Series B-1 preferred stock, all preferred stock converts on a one for one basis. The Series B-1 preferred stock converts to Series I common stock on a 1:1.04719 basis (see note 17). The preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon a qualified initial public offering.

    Liquidation Preferences

        The preferred stockholders have liquidation preferences over common stockholders based on the series of preferred stock held. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, each holder of preferred shares is entitled to be paid out of available assets on a pro-rata basis based on the liquidation preference of each series plus all declared but unpaid dividends. After the preferential amounts have been distributed by the Company, the holders of preferred stock then participate with the common stockholders in the distribution of remaining available assets.

    Voting

        Each holder of a share of outstanding preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of convertible preferred stock so held could be converted.

F-28


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

    Ratchet provision

        The number of shares to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of the Company's common stock. The terms of the Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of such series automatically convert into shares of common stock will increase if a qualified initial public offering price is below $13.997 per share, which would result in additional shares of common stock being issued upon conversion of the Company's Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of the qualified initial public offering.

    Common Stock Repurchases

        Shares formally retired are deducted from the accounts that were previously increased when the shares were sold or exercised, namely common stock for par value and additional paid-in-capital for the excess over par value. If additional paid-in-capital has been exhausted, the excess over par value is added to the Company's accumulated deficit.

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased 18,847 shares of commons stock from stockholders of the Company as follows (see note 17):

    In April 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 11,250 shares of Series I common stock for $48.

    In June 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 6,337 shares of Series I common stock for $27.

    In September 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 1,260 shares of Series II common stock for $8.

        The Company did not make any share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company included stock-based compensation expense related to all of the Company's stock-based awards in various operating expense categories for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   

F-29


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Stock-Based Incentive Plans

        The Company has option awards outstanding under four stock-based incentive plans as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, including two plans that were assumed as part of the acquisition of ScanScout. Generally, when an option is exercised, new common shares are issued by the Company under all plans.

    ScanScout Stock Incentive Plans

        ScanScout's 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 SSI Plan) was adopted by ScanScout's Board of Directors and became effective in April, 2006. In August 2009, ScanScout's 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2009 SSI Plan) was adopted by ScanScout's Board of Directors. At the acquisition date there were total options outstanding for the purchase of 3,325,268 common shares of ScanScout under the plans. As part of the acquisition, those awards were converted into options for the purchase of 1,623,771 shares of the Company's Series II common stock in accordance with the merger agreement. As of each December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there were 1,266,883 options outstanding under these assumed plans. The Company does not intend to issue any additional shares under these plans.

    2006 and 2008 Stock Incentive Plans

        The Company's 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective in September, 2006. The Company's 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2008 Plan) was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective in May, 2008. As of December 31, 2012, there were outstanding options to purchase 393,531 and 5,219,505 shares and 0 and 590,961 shares available for issuance under the 2006 and 2008 plans, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding options to purchase 380,198 and 5,355,322 shares and 0 and 439,950 shares available for issuance under the 2006 and 2008 plans, respectively.

    Plan Provisions Under the 2008 Plan

        Subsequent to the acquisition of ScanScout, the Board of Directors decided that the 2008 plan would be the only plan that will issue stock-based awards on a going forward basis. The 2008 plan provides for the awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards; however, only common stock options have been issued to date under the plan. The 2008 plan states that awards may be granted to such non-employee directors, officers, employees and consultants as the Board of Directors shall in its discretion select. Only employees of the Company are eligible to receive grants of incentive stock options. Options are generally granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Option grants generally vest over periods up to four years, with the first 25% of the grant vesting after one year, and monthly vesting thereafter. Grants generally have total terms not to exceed 10 years.

F-30


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Options Outstanding

        The following table presents summary information of option awards outstanding and exercisable under all plans as of December 31, 2012:

Range of Exercise prices
  Outstanding   Remaining
Life
(In Years)
  Exercise
Price
  Exercisable   Remaining
Life
(In Years)
  Exercise
Price
 

$0.20 to $0.53

    431,064     4.59   $ 0.26     431,064     4.59   $ 0.26  

$0.63 to $0.84

    594,642     5.51   $ 0.81     594,642     5.51   $ 0.81  

$1.11 to $1.43

    1,042,445     7.54   $ 1.19     880,109     7.54   $ 1.19  

$1.49 to $2.66

    477,944     7.83   $ 1.79     437,711     7.86   $ 1.70  

$4.28 to $5.60

    4,333,824     8.58   $ 4.62     1,551,916     8.23   $ 4.38  
                                   

    6,879,919     7.86   $ 3.30     3,895,442     7.21   $ 2.36  
                                   

        The following table presents a summary of the Company's stock option activity under all plans and related information, without regard for estimated forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and three months ended March 31, 2013:

 
  Exercisable   Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Non-vested   Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Outstanding   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    2,851,888   $ 1.58     3,875,168   $ 4.02     6,727,056   $ 2.99  

Options granted

      $     1,117,698   $ 5.34     1,117,698   $ 5.34  

Options forfeited

    (114,786 ) $ 1.98     (480,159 ) $ 3.83     (594,945 ) $ 3.47  

Options exercised

    (369,890 ) $ 1.19       $     (369,890 ) $ 1.19  

Options vested

    1,528,230   $ 3.56     (1,528,230 ) $ 3.56       $  
                                 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    3,895,442   $ 2.36     2,984,477   $ 4.55     6,879,919   $ 3.30  

Options granted (unaudited)

      $     266,666   $ 5.90     266,666   $ 5.90  

Options forfeited (unaudited)

    (28,798 ) $ 4.55     (86,858 ) $ 4.83     (115,656 ) $ 4.76  

Options exercised (unaudited)

    (28,526 ) $ 1.58       $     (28,526 ) $ 1.58  

Options vested (unaudited)

    316,867   $ 3.83     (316,867 ) $ 3.83       $  
                                 

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    4,154,985   $ 2.46     2,847,418   $ 4.74     7,002,403   $ 3.39  
                                 

        The weighted average grant date fair values of option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $2.46 and $2.34, respectively, and $2.66 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As previously discussed, option awards are generally granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant, generally vest over periods up to four years, have a one year cliff, and have terms not to exceed 10 years. The total intrinsic values of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1,573 and $1,507, respectively, and $123 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Cash received from options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $344 and $433, respectively, and $46 for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

        The total fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $439 and $2,855, respectively, and $636 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. There was $5,742 and $5,628 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation

F-31


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

arrangements granted under the Company's equity incentive plans as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. This cost, as of each of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.60 years. The fair value for options and share awards granted under the stock option plan was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions for grants during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
  2011   2012   2013
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Volatility

  54%–56%   56%–57%   47%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.36%–2.87%   0.60%–1.17%   1.01%–1.03%

Expected life (in years)

  6.77   5.12–6.09   5.97–6.07

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%

13. Income Taxes

        The Company's provision for income taxes consists of current state and local taxes with total consideration of $223 and $280 for the years ended 2011 and 2012, respectively. The primary difference between the applicable statutory rate and the effective tax rate is the increase in the Company's valuation allowance against its net operating losses.

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 
  December 31  
 
  2011   2012  

Deferred tax assets

             

Net operating losses and tax credits

  $ 33,587   $ 36,168  

Depreciation and amortization

    271     220  

Stock-based compensation

    685     1,228  

Capitalization of research and development and start-up costs

    1,233     1,191  

Bad debt reserves

    413     425  

Deferred rent

    190     253  

Deferred revenue

        86  

Unrealized gain

    258     107  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    36,637     39,678  
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Depreciation and amortization

    (20 )   (17 )

Intangible assets

    (12,339 )   (9,983 )

Other

    (7 )   (7 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (12,366 )   (10,007 )
           

F-32


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

 
  December 31  
 
  2011   2012  

Deferred tax assets, net

    24,271     29,671  

Valuation allowance

    (24,271 )   (29,671 )
           

Deferred tax liability, net of valuation allowance

  $   $  
           

        The Company has evaluated the need for a valuation allowance on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The Company has considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, and based upon the weight of the available evidence, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the net deferred tax assets since the Company cannot be assured that, more likely than not, such amounts will be realized. The Company's valuation allowance has been allocated on the balance sheet between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets based on a pro-rata basis. As such, as of December 31, 2011, the Company's net noncurrent deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities were $1,752 and $1,752, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Company's net noncurrent deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities were $1,695 and $1,695, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $81,149, and UK and German net operating loss carry-forwards of $3,554 and $6,709, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxable income in those jurisdictions. The federal net operating loss will expire in years 2026 through 2031. The majority of this amount represents acquired tax loss carry-forwards of Transpera and ScanScout, which are subject to limitation on future utilization under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Section 382 imposes limitations on the availability of a company's net operating losses after a more than 50 percentage point ownership change occurs. It is estimated that the effect of Section 382 will generally limit the amount of the net operating loss carry-forwards of Transpera and ScanScout that are available to offset future taxable income to approximately $160 and $2,220 annually. The overall determination of the annual loss limitation is subject to interpretation, and, therefore, the annual loss limitation could be subject to change.

        Included in the U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards, but not included in the table above are approximately $1,740 of net operating losses from excess tax deductions attributable to equity compensation. The tax benefit of the excess tax deduction attributable to equity compensation will be recorded to additional-paid-in-capital when it reduces federal income taxes payable.

        There were no tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the primary tax jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax were the U.S. federal and states (primarily New York), the UK, Germany, Canada and Singapore. Since the Company is in a loss carry-forward position, the Company is generally subject to US federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for all years for which a loss carry-forward is available. The Company's open tax years extend back to 2005. In the event that the Company concludes that it is subject to interest or penalties arising from uncertain tax positions, the Company will record interest and penalties as a component of other income and expense. No amounts of interest or penalties were recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

F-33


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

14. Net Loss per Common Stock

        Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company's net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    32,563,192     32,563,192     32,563,192     32,563,192  

Stock options

    6,727,056     6,879,919     6,770,496     7,002,403  

Warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    140,933     140,933     140,933     140,933  
                   

    39,431,181     39,584,044     39,474,621     39,706,528  
                   

        Computation of basic and diluted net loss per share is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                         

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Denominator:

                         

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share

    6,952,952     7,499,986     7,318,320     7,729,218  
                   

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (3.02 ) $ (2.22 ) $ (1.25 ) $ (0.67 )
                   

    Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Stock (Unaudited)

        The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 have been adjusted assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, which includes 659,862 shares issued upon the conversion of the Series F preferred stock as a result of an assumed IPO price of $12.00 per share from the ratchet provision (see note 11) on the first day of each respective period and the reclassification of the

F-34


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

14. Net Loss per Common Stock (Continued)

outstanding warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock to additional paid-in capital as of the first day of each respective period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2012
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
 

Numerator (in thousands):

             

Historical net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (16,644 ) $ (5,159 )

Plus: mark-to-market expense

    (229 )   (234 )

Plus: deemed dividend on Series F Preferred Stock

    (7,918 )   (7,918 )
           

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (24,791 ) $ (13,311 )
           

Denominator:

             

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share-weighted average shares

    7,499,986     7,729,218  

Plus: conversion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

    33,247,315     33,247,315  
           

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted loss per share

    40,747,301     40,976,533  
           

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (0.61 ) $ (0.32 )
           

15. Segment and Geographic Information

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has concluded that its operations constitute one operating and reportable segment.

        Substantially all assets were held in the United States at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and at March 31, 2013. The following table summarizes revenue generated through sales personnel employed

F-35


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

15. Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

by the Company's U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                         

Domestic

  $ 86,278   $ 100,811   $ 16,189   $ 23,919  

International

    4,023     4,379     1,083     846  
                   

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  
                   

16. Employee Benefit Plan

        The Company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan (the Plan) available to eligible employees under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Employees may elect to defer a percentage of their annual compensation up to amounts prescribed by law. The Company has not made matching contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

17. Subsequent Events

        On June 13, 2013, the Company's board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding shares of common stock and the renaming of the Series I common stock to common stock. The par value of the common stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock and per share amounts contained in the Company's consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split and the renaming of the "Series I Common Stock" to "Common Stock" for all periods presented. The reverse stock split was effected on June 13, 2013.

        With respect to the retroactive adjustment to reflect the Company's reverse stock split and the renaming of the "Series I Common Stock" to "Common Stock", the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 13, 2013, the date the audited financial statements were re-issued.

F-36


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 
  Amount to be
Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 15,300  

FINRA filing fee

    17,319  

Stock exchange initial listing fee

    271,000  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    10,000  

Printing and engraving

    200,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,200,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    800,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    20,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    283,000  
       

Total

  $ 2,816,619  
       

Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection

II-1


Table of Contents

with certain legal proceedings; (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (v) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

        We have entered into agreements with our directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

        In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our sixth amended and restated investors' rights agreement with certain investors also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2010 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement.

    Issuances of Preferred Stock

        In April 2010, we issued an aggregate of 5,453,970 shares of our Series D preferred stock to 16 accredited investors at a per share price of $7.3341, for aggregate consideration of approximately $40.0 million, in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In December 2010, we acquired ScanScout, Inc, or ScanScout. In connection with such acquisition, we issued shares of our capital stock to holders of outstanding preferred stock of ScanScout in exchange shares of ScanScout preferred stock as follows: (1) 947,711 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock to 38 accredited investors, (2) 1,821,455 shares of our Series 2 preferred stock to 30 accredited investors, (3) 928,054 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock to 12 accredited investors, and (4) 3,092,932 shares of our Series 4 preferred stock to 9 accredited investors, in each case, in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In December 2010, in connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, we sold an aggregate of 236,108 shares of our Series E preferred stock to 9 accredited investors at a per share price of $8.0051, for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.9 million, in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In September 2011, we issued an aggregate of 3,965,126 shares of our Series F preferred stock to 15 accredited investors at a per share price of $9.3314, for aggregate consideration of approximately $37.0 million, in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

II-2


Table of Contents

    Issuances of Common Stock and Options to Purchase Common Stock

        From January 1, 2010 through the date of this prospectus, we have granted under our 2008 plan options to purchase an aggregate of 6,548,344 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $1.43 to $8.15 per share and have granted one restricted stock award for 4,232 shares of our common stock to a consultant for $0.255 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,453,025 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2010 through the date of this prospectus, (1) an aggregate of 1,122,462 shares of our common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the 2006 plan and 2008 plan, at exercise prices between $0.195 and $5.01 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $978,676 and (2) an aggregate of 219,329 shares of our Series II common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the ScanScout 2009 plan and ScanScout 2006 plan, at exercise prices between $0.26 and $1.49 per share, with aggregate proceeds of approximately $175,032.

        The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were by an issuer not involving any public offering or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

        In connection with our acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we issued 1,662,122 shares of our Series II common stock to 13 holders of, and in exchange for, outstanding shares of ScanScout in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In connection with our acquisition of Transpera in February 2011, we issued 845,657 shares of our common stock to 12 holders of, and in exchange for, outstanding shares of Transpera in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

    Issuances of Warrants

        In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we exchanged ScanScout warrants for ScanScout preferred stock for warrants to purchase our preferred stock. The following warrants were issued in connection with such exchange: (1) a warrant to acquire 31,130 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $2.46 issued to one investor; and (2) a warrant to acquire 8,694 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $5.75 per share issued to one investor. These warrants were issued in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In February 2010, we issued a warrant to acquire 31,659 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $3.795 per share to an investor in connection with a debt financing. This warrant was issued in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        The recipients of the securities in these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
    1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.3   Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1   Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
    4.2*   Warrant to Purchase Series 1 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC, dated December 7, 2006.
    4.3*   Warrant to Purchase Series 3 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Comerica Bank, dated February 6, 2008.
    4.4*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 7, 2007.
    4.5*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 8, 2008.
    4.6*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 8, 2010.
    5.1   Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1*   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 6, 2011.
  10.2*   Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 7, 2007 (as modified by each of the First Loan Modification Agreement dated December 8, 2008, the Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, the Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, the Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2011 and the Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 30, 2011).
  10.3*   Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Twenty-Three R.P. Associates, dated as of July 26, 2010 (as modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated November 1, 2010).
  10.4+*   Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.5+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.6+*   Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended.
  10.7+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.
  10.8+*   ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.9+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.10+*   ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.11+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.12+   Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.13+   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.14+   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.17+   Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  10.18+*   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.19+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and William Day, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.20+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Todd Sloan, dated November 14, 2011.

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.21+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Steven Lee, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.22+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Adam Lichstein, dated December 8, 2010.
  10.23+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Lauren Wiener, dated September 25, 2012.
  10.24+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Randy Kilgore, dated September 6, 2006.
  16.1*   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated April 2, 2013.
  21.1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1*   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
*
Previously filed.

Item 17.   Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 14 th  day of June 2013.

    TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM DAY

William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer

        KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints William Day, Todd Sloan and Adam Lichstein, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM DAY

William Day
  President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 14, 2013

/s/ TODD SLOAN

Todd Sloan

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
(Principal
Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

June 14, 2013

*

Laura Desmond

 

Director

 

June 14, 2013

*

Randall Glein

 

Director

 

June 14, 2013

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RACHEL LAM

Rachel Lam
  Director   June 14, 2013

*

Warren Lee

 

Director

 

June 14, 2013

*

James Rossman

 

Director

 

June 14, 2013

/s/ ROBERT SCHECHTER

Robert Schechter

 

Director

 

June 14, 2013

*By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM DAY

William Day
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-7



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
    1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.3   Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1   Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
    4.2*   Warrant to Purchase Series 1 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC, dated December 7, 2006.
    4.3*   Warrant to Purchase Series 3 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Comerica Bank, dated February 6, 2008.
    4.4*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 7, 2007.
    4.5*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 8, 2008.
    4.6*   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 8, 2010.
    5.1   Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1*   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 6, 2011.
  10.2*   Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 7, 2007 (as modified by each of the First Loan Modification Agreement dated December 8, 2008, the Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, the Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, the Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2011 and the Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 30, 2011).
  10.3*   Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Twenty-Three R.P. Associates, dated as of July 26, 2010 (as modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated November 1, 2010).
  10.4+*   Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.5+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.6+*   Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended.
  10.7+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.
  10.8+*   ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.9+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.10+*   ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.11+*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.12+   Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.13+   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.14+   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.17+   Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  10.18+*   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.19+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and William Day, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.20+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Todd Sloan, dated November 14, 2011.
  10.21+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Steven Lee, dated December 9, 2010.

II-8


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.22+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Adam Lichstein, dated December 8, 2010.
  10.23+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Lauren Wiener, dated September 25, 2012.
  10.24+*   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Randy Kilgore, dated September 6, 2006.
  16.1*   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated April 2, 2013.
  21.1*   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1*   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
*
Previously filed.

II-9




Exhibit 1.1

 

[__] Shares

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

COMMON STOCK

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[ __ ], 2013

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

JEFFERIES LLC,

  As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,

    c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,

             Eleven Madison Avenue,

             New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue, 10 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.  Introductory .  Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”) agrees with the several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (“ Underwriters ”) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters [  ] shares of its Common Stock (“ Securities ”) (such [  ] shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Securities ”). The Company also agrees to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [  ] additional shares of its Securities (such additional shares of securities to be sold by the Company, “ Optional Securities ”), as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”.

 

2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that

 

(i)   Filing and Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Certain Defined Terms .  The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-188813) covering the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act, including a related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.  At any particular time, this initial registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including all information contained in the registration statement (if any) pursuant to Rule 462(b) and then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement, and all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”.  The Company may also have filed, or may file with the Commission, a Rule 462(b) registration statement covering the registration of Offered Securities.  At any particular time, this Rule 462(b) registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”.

 

As of the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended.  The Offered

 

1



 

Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).

 

430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.

 

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Applicable Time ” means [  ] pm (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning defined in Section 3 hereof.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c). If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Final Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other 430A Information and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act.

 

General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being so specified in Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and individually as a “ Registration Statement ”.  A “ Registration Statement ” with reference to a particular time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time.  A

 

2



 

Registration Statement ” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time.  For purposes of the foregoing definitions, 430A Information with respect to a Registration Statement shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A.

 

Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Securities Laws ” means, collectively, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”), the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, the auditing principles, rules, standards and practices applicable to auditors of “issuers” (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) promulgated or approved by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as applicable, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Stock Market (“ Exchange Rules ”).

 

Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement.  For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.

 

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a “rule” is to the indicated rule under the Act.

 

(ii)   Compliance with Securities Act Requirements .  (A)(1) At their respective Effective Times, (2) on the date of this Agreement and (3) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (B) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

(iii)   Ineligible Issuer Status.   (A) At the time of the initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (B) at the date of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, including (1) the Company or any subsidiary in the preceding three years not having been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or having been made the subject of a judicial or administrative decree or order as described in Rule 405 and (2) the Company in the preceding three years not having been the subject of a bankruptcy petition or insolvency or similar proceeding, not having had a registration statement be the subject of a proceeding under Section 8 of the Act and not being the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, all as described in Rule 405.

 

(iv)   General Disclosure Package .  As of the Applicable Time, neither (A) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and, the

 

3



 

preliminary prospectus, dated [  ], 2013 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the other information, if any, stated in Schedule B to this Agreement to be included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (B) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

(v)   Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if republished immediately following such event or development, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (A) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (B) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(vi)   Good Standing of the Company.   The Company has been duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority  to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below).

 

(vii)   Subsidiaries.   Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except where the failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to result  in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects.  The subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule D hereto are the only subsidiaries, direct or indirect, of the Company and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, each subsidiary of the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary, direct or indirect, of the Company.

 

4



 

(viii)   Offered Securities .  The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized; the authorized equity capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Offered Securities have been delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date, such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will conform to the information in the General Disclosure Package and to the description of such Offered Securities contained in the Final Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any security holder.  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, as of the dates indicated therein, there are no outstanding (A) securities or obligations of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of the Company, (B) warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any such capital stock or any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or (C) obligations of the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or any such warrants, rights or options.  The Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold any of the Offered Securities by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) or used any “prospectus” or made any offer (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) in connection with the offer or sale of the Offered Securities, in each case other than the preliminary prospectus referred to in Section 2(a)(iv) hereof.

 

(ix)   Other Offerings.  The Company has not sold, issued or distributed any common shares during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Act, other than common shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

 

(x)   No Finder’s Fee.   Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

 

(xi)   Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(xii)   Use of Testing-the-Waters Communication . The Company (A) has not on its own engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.  “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(xiii)   Written Testing-the-Waters Communication .  As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing

 

5



 

Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(xiv)   Registration Rights .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act (collectively, “ registration rights ”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period referred to in Section 5(k) hereof.

 

(xv)   Listing.   The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance.

 

(xvi)   Absence of Further Requirements.   No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing or registration with, any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained, or made and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

(xvii)   Title to Property .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, charge, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no terms or provisions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

 

(xviii)   Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction.   The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject except that in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect ; a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

6



 

(xix)   Absence of Existing Defaults and Conflicts.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is  in violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in default (or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would be in default) under any existing obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of the properties of any of them is subject, except such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

(xx)   Authorization of Agreement.   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(xxi)   Possession of Licenses and Permits.   The Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are in compliance with the terms of, all adequate certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits (“ Licenses ”) necessary to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by them except where the failure to possess or such noncompliance as would not have a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Licenses that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxii)   Absence of Labor Dispute.   No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiii)   Possession of Intellectual Property; Privacy.   The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, have the right to use or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package (A)  there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or its subsidiaries (other than Intellectual Property Rights licensed on a nonexclusive basis by the Company to customers or partners in the ordinary course of business); (B)  there is no material infringement, misappropriation, breach, default or other violation, or the occurrence of any event that with notice or the passage of time would constitute any of the foregoing, by the Company, its subsidiaries or third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company or its subsidiaries; (C) there is no pending or to the Company’s knowledge threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any subsidiary’s rights in or to, or the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (D) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (E) there is no pending or to the Company’s knowledge threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any subsidiary infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (F) there

 

7



 

is no pending or to the Company’s knowledge threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any subsidiary is violating any of its contractual commitments or any law or regulation relating to its collection, use, storage, or disclosure of data from or about natural persons, computers, or other devices, and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (G) none of the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company or its subsidiaries in their businesses has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company, any of its subsidiaries in violation of the rights of any persons, except in each case covered by clauses (A) – (G) such as would not, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiv )  Environmental Laws .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, (A)(1) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or has any liability under, any federal, state, local or non-U.S. statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, other requirement or rule of law (including common law), or decision or order of any domestic or foreign governmental agency, governmental body or court, relating to pollution, to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, discharge, disposal or release of Hazardous Substances, to the protection or restoration of the environment or natural resources (including biota), to health and safety including as such relates to exposure to Hazardous Substances, and to natural resource damages (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (2) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns, occupies, operates or uses any real property contaminated with Hazardous Substances, (3) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is conducting or funding any investigation, remediation, remedial action or monitoring of actual or suspected Hazardous Substances in the environment, (4) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is liable or allegedly liable for any release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances, including at any off-site treatment, storage or disposal site, (5) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to any claim by any governmental agency or governmental body or person relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Substances, and (6) the Company and its subsidiaries have received and are in compliance with all, and have no liability under any, permits, licenses, authorizations, identification numbers or other approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, except in each case covered by clauses (1) – (6) such as would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; (B) to the knowledge of the Company there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of, liability under, or claim pursuant to any Environmental Law that would have a Material Adverse Effect; (C) to the knowledge of the Company there are no requirements proposed for adoption or implementation under any Environmental Law that would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (D) in the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically evaluates the effect, including associated costs and liabilities, of Environmental Laws on the business, properties, results of operations and financial condition of it and its subsidiaries, and, on the basis of such evaluation, the Company has reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws will not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this subsection “ Hazardous Substances ” means (A) petroleum and petroleum products, by-products or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and mold, and (B) any other chemical, material or substance defined or regulated as toxic or hazardous or as a pollutant, contaminant or waste under Environmental Laws.

 

(xxv)      Accurate Disclosure.  The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the headings “Material U.S. Federal Income Considerations” and “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal

 

8



 

matters, agreements, documents or proceedings and present the information required to be shown.

 

(xxvi)   Absence of Manipulation .  The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(xxvii)   Statistical and Market-Related Data.  Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in a Registration Statement, a Statutory Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

 

(xxviii)   Internal Controls and Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company, its subsidiaries and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) are in compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and all applicable Exchange Rules.  The Company maintains a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) that comply with the Securities Laws and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. General Accepted Accounting Principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Offered Securities will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with Exchange Rules.  The Company has not publicly disclosed or reported to the Audit Committee or the Board, and within the next 135 days the Company does not reasonably expect to publicly disclose or report to the Audit Committee or the Board, a significant deficiency, material weakness, adverse change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), any violation of, or failure to comply with, the Securities Laws or any other matter which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxvix)   Litigation .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings (including any inquiries or investigations by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign) are threatened or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.

 

(xxx)   Financial Statements.   The financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly the

 

9



 

information required to be stated therein.  Ernst & Young LLP, which has certified the financial statements of the Company included in, or incorporated by reference into, the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the Rules and Regulations and as required by the Act and the applicable rules and guidance from the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The summary and selected financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus presents fairly the information shown therein and such data has been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented therein and the books and records of the Company.  The Company does not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations or any “variable interest entities” within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46), not disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  There are no financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus that are not included as required.

 

(xxxi)   No Material Adverse Change in Business.   Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package (A) there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that is material and adverse, (B) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock, (C) there has been no material adverse change in the capital stock, short-term indebtedness, long-term indebtedness, net current assets or net assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, (D) there has been no material transaction entered into and there is no material transaction that is probable of being entered into by the Company other than transactions in the ordinary course of business, (E) there has been no obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company taken as a whole, incurred by the Company, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business  and (F) except where such loss or interference would not have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority.

 

(xxxii)   Investment Company Act.   The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

 

(xxxiii)   Ratings.   No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) (i) has imposed (or has informed the Company that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on the Company’s retaining any rating assigned to the Company or any securities of the Company or (ii) has indicated to the Company that it is considering any of the actions described in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.

 

(xxxiv)   PFIC Status.   The Company was not a “passive foreign investment company” (“ PFIC ”) as defined in Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for its most recently completed taxable year and, based on the Company’s current projected income, assets and activities, the Company does not expect to be classified as a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year.

 

10


 

 

(xxxv)   No Unlawful Payments .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (D) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

(xxxvi)   Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the anti-money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations and guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xxxvii)   Compliance with OFAC .  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering and sale of the Offered Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xxxviii)   No Restrictions on Payments by Subsidiaries .  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, (A) from paying any dividends to the Company, (B) from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, (C) from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or (D) from transferring any of such subsidiary’s material properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(xxxix)   Payment of Taxes.  The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect); and, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them, except for any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties currently being contested in good faith or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxx)   Insurance.  The Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers with appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company or any of its

 

11



 

subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package, and the Company will obtain directors’ and officer’s insurance in such amounts as is customary for an initial public offering.

 

The Company will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Credit Suisse for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to Credit Suisse against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to Credit Suisse drawn to the order of the Company, at the office of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, at [__] A.M., New York time, on [__], or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as Credit Suisse and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The Firm Securities so to be delivered or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

 

In addition, upon written notice from Credit Suisse given to the Company from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from the Company for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by Credit Suisse to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by Credit Suisse to the Company.

 

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by Credit Suisse but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by Credit Suisse for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to Credit Suisse, against payment of the purchase price therefore in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to Credit Suisse drawn to the order of [__] in the case of [__] Optional Securities and [__] in the case of [_] Optional Securities, at the above office of Cooley LLP. The Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Cooley LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

 

12



 

4.  Offering by Underwriters .  It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.

 

5.  Certain Agreements of the Company . The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)          Additional Filings .  Unless filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) as part of the Additional Registration Statement in accordance with the next sentence, the Company will file the Final Prospectus, in a form approved by the Representatives, with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representatives, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (i) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (ii) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement.  The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and provide satisfactory evidence to the Representatives of such timely filing.  If an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.

 

(b)          Filing of Amendments : Response to Commission Requests .  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without the Representatives’ consent; and the Company will also advise the Representatives promptly of (i) the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (ii) any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus, (iii) any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to any Registration Statement, for any supplement to any Statutory Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement or the threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (v) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose.  The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(c)           Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.   If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and the dealers and any other dealers upon request of the Representatives, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance.  Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.

 

13



 

(d)          Rule 158.   As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Time on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-Q for such fiscal quarter except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-K.

 

(e)           Furnishing of Prospectuses.   The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement (of which will be signed and will include all exhibits), each related Statutory Prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives request. The Final Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement.  All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

(f)            Blue Sky Qualifications.   The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution, except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection there with to qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not so already qualified or to execute a general consent to service of process where it would not otherwise be required to execute such a consent.

 

(g)           Reporting Requirements.   During the period of 5 years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Representatives may reasonably request.  However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”), it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

 

(h)          Payment of Expenses.   The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters) incurred in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and the preparation and printing of memoranda relating thereto , costs and expenses related to the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) of the Offered Securities  (including filing fees and the fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such review) provided that the Company’s reimbursement obligation does not exceed $30,000, costs and expenses of the Company personnel relating to investor presentations or any “road show” in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and/or presentation involving a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication including, without limitation, any travel expenses solely of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company, fees and expenses incident to listing the Offered Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and other national and foreign exchanges,

 

14



 

fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Exchange Act, expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Final Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred for preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors. For the avoidance of doubt, the Underwriters will pay all of the travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them in connection with the “road show” and/or presentation involving a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication.  50% of the cost of chartering any aircraft in connection with any “road show” and/or presentation involving a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication shall be paid by the Company and 50% by the Underwriters.  Further, 100% of any other transportation chartered or hired in connection with any “road show” and/or presentation involving a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication shall be paid for by the Underwriters.

 

(i)              Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the General Disclosure Package and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(j)             Absence of Manipulation.  The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute, cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(k)          (i) Restriction on Sale of Securities by Company.  For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to its Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of its Securities (“ Lock-Up Securities ”): (A) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (B) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (C) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (D) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (E) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities , or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to equity awards issued or issuable pursuant to plans described in the General Disclosure Package except issuances of Lock-Up Securities (x) pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, (y), grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, and (z) issuances of Lock-Up Securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of the offering of Offered Securities contemplated herein in connection with acquisitions of businesses, assets or technologies or in connection with strategic partnerships, license arrangements or collaborations; provided that each person to whom Lock-Up Securities are issued agrees, prior to such transfer, to be bound in writing by the terms of an agreement substantially similar to those referenced in Section 7(f) hereof.  The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that the Representatives consent to in writing.

 

(ii)   Agreement to Announce Lock-up Waiver.  If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of

 

15



 

the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver

 

(l)              Emerging Growth Company Status .  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(k) hereof.

 

(m)      Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement through the General Disclosure Package or otherwise at its own expense, such Written Testing the Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission. The Company agrees that prior to amending or supplementing the General Disclosure Package or other disclosure, the Company shall obtain the consent of the Underwriters.

 

6.  Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless they obtain the prior consent of Credit Suisse, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and Credit Suisse, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission.  Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .”  The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping.  The Company represents that is has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

7.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters .  The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein (as though made on such Closing Date), to the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

 

(a)          Accountants’ Comfort Letter .  The Representatives shall have received letters, dated, respectively, the date hereof and each Closing Date, of Ernst & Young, LLP confirming that they are a registered public accounting firm and independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Laws and substantially in the form of Schedule C hereto (except that, in any letter dated a Closing Date, the specified date referred to in Schedule C hereto shall be a date no more than three days prior to such Closing Date).

 

(b)          Effectiveness of Registration Statement .  If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later time as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.  The Final Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and

 

16



 

Regulations and Section 5(a) hereof. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

 

(c)           No Material Adverse Change.   Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities or preferred stock of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities or preferred stock of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating) or any announcement that the Company has been placed on negative outlook; (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on either such exchange; (v) or any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment or clearance services in the United States or any other country where such securities are listed or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities.

 

(d)          Opinion of Counsel for the Company.   The Representatives shall have received an opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated such Closing Date, of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, in the forms of Exhibit B-1 and B-2 hereto (with appropriate modification to the date and number of shares for any opinion or negative assurance letter delivered on any Optional Closing Date.

 

(e)           Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters.   The Representatives shall have received from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich and Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(f)            Officer’s Certificate.   The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of an executive officer of the Company and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge and after reasonable investigation, are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was

 

17



 

timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) of Regulation S-T of the Commission; and, subsequent to the respective dates of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.

 

(g)           Lock-Up Agreements.   On or prior to the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received lockup letters from each of the executive officers, directors and from holders of at least [__]% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company.

 

The Company will furnish the Representatives with any additional opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request and conformed copies of documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7, The Representatives may in their sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

 

8.  Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)          Indemnification of Underwriters by Company.   The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

 (b)       Indemnification of Company.   Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus at any

 

18



 

time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Final Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter:  (i) the concession figures appearing in the fourth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting;” (ii)  information related to discretionary accounts in the sixth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting;” and (iii) the information in the twelfth paragraph and related bullets under the caption “Underwriting” regarding stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

(c)           Actions against Parties; Notification.   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above  except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above.  In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section  for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

 

(d)          Contribution.   If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable

 

19



 

considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(d).

 

9.  Default of Underwriters .  If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

10.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations .  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If  the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters

 

20



 

for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall remain in effect.  In addition, if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect.

 

11.  Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Representatives, c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention:  LCD-IBD, and c/o Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, 10 th  Floor, New York, N.Y. 10022, Attention: [__], or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 53 West 23 rd  Street, New York, NY 10010 Attention: General Counsel; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

 

12.  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective [personal representatives and] successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

13.  Representation .  The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives jointly or by Credit Suisse will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

 

14.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

15.   Absence of Fiduciary Relationship.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)          No Other Relationship.   The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and the Representatives, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

(b)          Arms’ Length Negotiations.  The price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)           Absence of Obligation to Disclose.  The Company has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d)          Waiver.   The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agree that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

21


 

 

16.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

[ Insert title ]               

 

 

 

 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acting on behalf of themselves and as the Representatives of the several Underwriters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

JEFFERIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

22



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter

 

Number of
Firm Securities
to be Purchased

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

Jefferies LLC

 

 

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

23



 

SCHEDULE B

 

1.               General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the General Disclosure Package)

 

“General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” includes each of the following documents:

 

 

 

2.               Other Information Included in the General Disclosure Package

 

The following information is also included in the General Disclosure Package:

 

1.  The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities.

 

24



 

SCHEDULE C

 

 

[FORM OF E&Y COMFORT LETTER]

 

25



 

Schedule D

 

 

Company’s Subsidiaries

 

1.               ScanScout, Inc.

2.               Tremor Video Pte. Ltd.

3.               Transpera, Inc.

4.               Tremor Video Canada, Inc.

5.               Tremor Video GmbH

6.               Tremor Video Ltd.

 

26



 

Exhibit A

 

[Form of Press Release]

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

[Date]

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (“Company”) announced today that Credit Suisse, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of       shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by an [officer or director] of the Company.   The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      ,          2013, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

27



 

Exhibit B-1

 

28



 

Exhibit B-2

 

29


 



Exhibit 3.1

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Tremor Video, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

That the name of this corporation is Tremor Video, Inc.

 

That this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on September 1, 2006 under the name Tremor Media, Inc.

 

That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement was duly adopted by the stockholders as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of this corporation is Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 102,333,333 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and (ii) 32,742,929 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

Effective immediately and automatically upon this Certificate of Amendment becoming effective under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (such time being referred to herein as the  “ Effective Time ”), each share of Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation (“ Series I Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall automatically, without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Series I Common Stock, be renamed as and become one (1) fully paid and non-

 



 

assessable share of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), which Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Renaming ”).

 

Effective immediately and automatically upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware after giving effect to the Renaming, and without any further action by the holders of such shares, (i) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (after giving effect to the Renaming) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Common Stock; (ii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series II Common Stock of the Corporation (the “ Series II Common Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series II Common Stock; (iii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; (iv) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock; (v) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series B-1 Preferred Stock; (vi) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series C Preferred Stock; (vii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series D Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series D Preferred Stock; (viii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series E Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series E Preferred Stock; (ix) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series 1 Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series 1 Preferred Stock; (x) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series 2 Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series 2 Preferred Stock; (xi) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series 3 Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series 3 Preferred Stock; (xii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series 4 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series 4 Preferred Stock ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series 4 Preferred Stock; and (xiii) each one-and-one half (1.5) outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“ Series F Preferred ”) shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of outstanding Series F Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Reverse Stock Split ”)

 

No fractional shares of Common Stock, Series II Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock shall be issued upon combination of any such shares in the Reverse Stock Split.    If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional shares, the Corporation

 



 

shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional shares, pay cash equal to the product of each such fractional share on an as-converted to Common Stock basis multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (after giving effect to the foregoing Reverse Stock Split) (as determined by the Board of Directors) as of the Effective Time, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.

 

From and after the Reverse Stock Split and Effective Time, each stock certificate formerly representing shares of Series I Common Stock, Series II Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall represent the number of shares of Common Stock, Series II Common Stock or the applicable series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, into which such shares shall have been combined (and in the case of the Series I Common Stock, combined and renamed) pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , that each person holding of record a stock certificate or certificates that represented shares of Series I Common Stock, Series II Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock shall receive, upon surrender of such certificate or certificates to the Corporation at any time during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, accompanied by a written request from such person, a new certificate evidencing and representing the number of shares of Common Stock, Series II Common Stock or the applicable series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, to which such person is entitled as a result of the Reverse Stock Split and Renaming.

 

The par value of each share of Common Stock, Series II Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split and the Renaming.

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A .                                 COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                     General.  100,000,000 shares of the authorized common stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Common Stock ,” and 2,333,333 shares of the authorized common stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series II Common Stock .”

 

2.                                     Common Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article Fourth, Section A.2 .

 

2.1                             Dividend Rights.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, no dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless the same dividend with the same record date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of Series II Common Stock on the same as-converted-to- Common-Stock basis.

 

2.2                             Liquidation Rights.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of this Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.2 hereof.

 



 

2.3                             Redemption.  The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

2.4                             Voting Rights.  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  There shall be no cumulative voting.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock and Common Stock (but not Series II Common Stock) may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.                                     Series II Common Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series II Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article Fourth, Section A.3 .

 

3.1                             Dividend Rights.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, no dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Series II Common Stock unless the same dividend with the same record date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of Common Stock on the same as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis.

 

3.2                             Liquidation Rights.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of this Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.2 hereof.

 

3.3                             Redemption.  The Series II Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

3.4                             Voting Rights.  Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the holders of Series II Common Stock shall vote together with the holders of the Common Stock as a single class on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written action of stockholders in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Series II Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  Each holder of shares of Series II Common Stock are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the

 



 

number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series II Common Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter as determined in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.4 and C.5 .  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

3.5                             Conversion of Series II Common Stock.  The Series II Common Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.4 and C.5 .

 

B .                                  ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK; DEFINED TERMS

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Conversion Price ” has the meaning set forth in Article Fourth, Section C.4.1.1 .

 

Convertible Stock ” means, collectively, the Preferred Stock and the Series II Common Stock.

 

Dividend Rate ” means an annual per share amount equal to (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $.1014 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.2514 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.3891 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iv) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.3033 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.5868 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.64035 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $0.19665 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $0.33105 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $0.46005 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $0.22035 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), and (xi) with respect to the Series F

 



 

Preferred Stock, $0.74655 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time).

 

Initial Conversion Price ” means (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.2669, (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.1422, (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $4.6437, (iv) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.79035, (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $7.3341, (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $8.00505, (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $2.45745, (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $4.13865, (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $5.7507, (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $2.75475, (xi) with respect to the Series II Common Stock, $8.00505, and (xii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $9.33135.

 

Liquidation Amount ” means, with respect to a share of a series of Preferred Stock, the aggregate amount payable with respect to such share in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.2.1 and C.2.2 .

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among the Corporation, TMSS Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, ScanScout, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the other parties thereto.

 

Multiple ” shall initially be equal to one (1) and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.4.9 .

 

New Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series 4 Preferred Stock.

 

New Preferred Stock Original Issue Date ” means (i) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, April 26, 2006, (ii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, April 24, 2007, (iii) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, June 11, 2008 and (iv) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, March 30, 2009.

 

New Stock ” means, collectively, the Series II Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock.

 

Old Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock.

 

Original Issue Price ” means (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.2669 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.1422 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $4.86285 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iv) with

 



 

respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.79035 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $7.3341 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and Effective Time), (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $8.00505 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $2.45745 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $4.13865 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $5.7507 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $2.75475 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (xi) with respect to the Series II Common Stock, $8.00505 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series II Common Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), and (xii) with respect to the Series F Stock, $9.33135 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time).

 

Participation Cap ” means a per share amount equal to (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $22.0023 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (ii) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $24.01515 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $7.37235 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (iv) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $12.41595 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (v) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $17.2521 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), (vi) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $8.26425 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), and (vii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $18.6627 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time).

 

Participation Cap Preferred ” means the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and New Preferred Stock.

 



 

Requisite Investors ” means the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to- Common-Stock basis.

 

Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors ” means the holders of at least 55% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to- Common-Stock basis.

 

Series F Minimum Return Multiple ” shall mean (i) in the event of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering on or prior to March 6, 2014, 1.5, or (ii) otherwise, 2.0.

 

C .                                 SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

6,861,975 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 3,500,732 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” 548,032 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ,” 5,308,216 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ,” 5,453,975 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ,” 238,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ,” 979,333 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 1 Preferred Stock ,” 1,822,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 2 Preferred Stock ,” 937,333 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 3 Preferred Stock ,” 3,093,333 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 4 Preferred Stock ,” and 4,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ,” each with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part C of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part C of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                     Dividends.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the Dividend Rate applicable to such share of Preferred Stock per year from and after the date of the issuance of any such shares of Preferred Stock (which, in the case of each series of New Preferred Stock, shall be deemed to be the New Preferred Stock Original Issue Date with respect thereto), to the extent not previously paid or (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of each respective series of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of the applicable series of

 



 

Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend, or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1  shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend.  The foregoing dividend shall not be cumulative.

 

2.                                     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up., Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

 

2.1                             Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined below), the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2                             Distribution of Remaining Assets.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event), after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event); provided , however , that if, without giving effect to this proviso, the aggregate per share amount payable on a share of a series of Participation Cap Preferred under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 would exceed the Participation Cap of such series of Participation Cap Preferred, the amount payable on such share shall instead be equal to the greater of (x) the Participation Cap of such series of Participation Cap Preferred or (y) the amount that would be paid on such share of Participation Cap Preferred if all shares of such series of Participation Cap Preferred had been converted into

 



 

Common Stock in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event).

 

2.3                             Deemed Liquidation Events.

 

2.3.1                 Definition.  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless elected otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least two business days prior to the effective date of any such event by (w) the Requisite Investors, (x) the Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors and (y) the holders of at least a majority of (I) the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to- Common-Stock basis) exclusively and voting together as a separate class and (II) the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis); provided that no vote or written consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (with respect to clause (I) immediately above), or no vote or written consent of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock (with respect to clause (II) immediately above) shall be required to waive the treatment of any of the following events as a Deemed Liquidation Event if, after giving effect to such event not being treated as a Deemed Liquidation Event, (A) with respect to clause (I) immediately above, the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock would be at least two times the Series D Original Issue Price, or (B) with respect to clause (II) immediately above, the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series F Preferred Stock would be at least two times the Series F Original Issue Price; and provided, further, that the calculation of the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock for purposes of this Subsection 2.3.1 :  (i) shall not include any amounts (A) payable (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) only upon the occurrence of “earn-out” conditions, milestones or similar events, or (B) otherwise not payable upon (or promptly following) the closing of such event without the satisfaction of further conditions (other than the submission by an applicable stockholder of customary documentation such as a letter of transmittal); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clause (i) , shall include any amounts, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate consideration to be received by the Corporation or holders of this Corporation’s securities, as applicable, in such event (calculated pursuant to Subsection 2.3.3 and including for purposes of such calculation any amounts described in the immediately preceding clause (i) ), that are (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) subject to any escrow or holdback arrangement:

 

(a)                               a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                   the Corporation is a constituent party, or

 

(ii)                               a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or

 



 

resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 

(b)                              the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

(a)                               The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i)  above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)                              In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii)  or 2.3.1(b)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Investors so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the respective Liquidation Amounts for such shares of Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, in accordance with the relative priorities of the holders under Subsection 2.1 and

 



 

based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  The provisions of Subsections 6.2 through 6.4 below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) .  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3                 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed.  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption as provided in Subsection 2.3.2(b)  above shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, except that any securities to be distributed to the stockholders shall be valued as follows:  (i) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the value of such securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty-one (21) trading days (or all such trading days on which such securities have been traded if fewer than twenty-one (21) days) preceding the consummation of such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption; (ii) if clause (i) does not apply but the securities are traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the twenty-one (21) trading days (or all such trading days on which such securities have been traded if fewer than twenty-one (21) days) preceding such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption; and (iii) if there is no active public market, the value of such securities shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  The method of valuation of securities subject to any restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

3.                                     Voting.

 

3.1                             General.  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by

 



 

law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                             Election of Directors.  The holders of record of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Directors ”) as follows:  (a) the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation, and (b) the holders of record of a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series 4 Preferred Stock exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation (the “ Remaining Directors ”).  If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  The rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Effective Time on which there are issued and outstanding less than 3,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time).

 

3.3                             Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.  At any time when at least 3,333,333 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors, given in writing or by vote at a meeting:

 

(a)                               liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, effect a reclassification, recapitalization or reorganization, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 


 

(b)                              amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                take any action that alters the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of the Preferred Stock;

 

(d)                              (i) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to all rights, preferences and privileges, including without limitation with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends, voting and redemption rights (excluding the issuance of all Preferred Stock authorized pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or (iii) increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and redemption rights;

 

(e)                                purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, and (iii) repurchases of Common Stock upon terms approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(f)                                 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

 

(g)                               increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(h)                              offer shares of capital stock for sale to the public in a public offering other than a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below).

 

For purposes of this Subsection 3.3 , any reference to the Corporation will be deemed to include any subsidiary of the Corporation.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.3 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors.

 

3.4                             Additional Protective Provisions.

 

3.4.1                 Series D and E Preferred Stock.  At any time when an aggregate of at least 580,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split,

 



 

combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a separate class, liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, or effect any Deemed Liquidation Event; provided that no vote or written consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be required under this Section 3.4 with respect to any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event if the Series D Liquidation Amount, calculated in accordance with Section 2 , is at least two times the Series D Original Issue Price; provided , further , that the calculation of Series D Liquidation Amount for purposes of this Subsection 3.4 :  (i) shall not include any amounts (A) payable (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) only upon the occurrence of “earn-out” conditions, milestones or similar events, or (B) otherwise not payable upon (or promptly following) the closing of such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event without the satisfaction of further conditions (other than the submission by an applicable stockholder of customary documentation such as a letter of transmittal); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clause (i), shall include any amounts, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate consideration to be received by the Corporation or the holders of this Corporation’s securities, as applicable, in such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (calculated pursuant to Subsection 2.3.3 and including for purposes of such calculation any amounts described in the immediately preceding clause (i)), that are subject to any escrow or holdback arrangement.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.4.1 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis).

 

3.4.2                 Series F Preferred Stock.  At any time when an aggregate of at least 214,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a separate series, (i) alter or change the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock or the amount per share the holders of Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 ; (ii) amend, waive, alter or repeal Sections 2.1 , 2.2 , or 2.3.1 so as to affect such shares of Series F Preferred Stock adversely; or (iii) amend, waive, alter or repeal Section 4.4 so as to affect such shares of Series F Preferred Stock adversely.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.4.2 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock.

 



 

For purposes of this Subsection 3.4 , any reference to the Corporation will be deemed to include any subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

4.                                     Conversion.  The holders of the Convertible Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                             Conversion Rights.

 

4.1.1                 Conversion Ratio.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by (i) in the case of a share of Old Preferred Stock, dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such share by the applicable Conversion Price (the “ Conversion Price ”) for such share in effect at the time of conversion, and (ii) in the case of a share of New Preferred Stock, multiplying the Multiple in effect at the time of conversion by the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price for such share in effect at the time of conversion.  Each share of Series II Common Stock shall, in accordance with Article Fourth, Section C.5.2 , automatically convert into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a rate determined by multiplying the Multiple in effect at the time of conversion by the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series II Common Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series II Common Stock in effect at the time of conversion.  The initial Conversion Price of a share of Convertible Stock, as of the Effective Time and after giving effect to all adjustments thereto as of the Effective Time, including the Reverse Stock Split, shall be equal to the Initial Conversion Price applicable thereto.  The Conversion Price applicable to a share of Convertible Stock, the Multiple applicable to a share of New Stock and the rate at which shares of Convertible Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                 Termination of Conversion Rights.  In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such redemption price is paid in full.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights applicable to the Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                             Fractional Shares.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Convertible Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 



 

4.3                             Mechanics of Conversion.

 

4.3.1                 Notice of Conversion.  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                 Reservation of Shares.  The Corporation shall at all times when Convertible Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Convertible Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Convertible Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price applicable to any class or series of Convertible Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which shall be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 



 

4.3.3                 Effect of Conversion.  All shares of Convertible Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Convertible Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Convertible Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                 No Further Adjustment.  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Convertible Stock shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Convertible Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                 Taxes.  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Convertible Stock pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Convertible Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                             Adjustments to Conversion Price of Preferred Stock for Diluting Issues.

 

4.4.1                 Special Definitions.  For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                               Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Effective Time, other than the following shares of Common Stock, and shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                   shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or Series II Common Stock;

 

(ii)                               shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 below;

 

(iii)                           up to an aggregate of 468,316 (or such greater number as approved in advance by the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite

 



 

Investors) shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time) (“ Reserved Shares ”) issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the Effective Time pursuant to plans, agreements or arrangements (the “ Plans ”) approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that (x) if any Options issued under the Plans and outstanding as of the Effective Time expire or terminate unexercised (and without any cash payment by the Corporation to the holder thereof in connection with such termination) after the Effective Time, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Options shall be added to the maximum number set forth above, (y) if any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plans and outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be repurchased by the Corporation at cost after the Effective Time, the number of such shares of Common Stock shall be added to the maximum number set forth above, and (z) with respect to any Options or shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plans after the Effective Time, if any such Options expire or terminate unexercised (and without any cash payment by the Corporation to the holder thereof in connection with such termination) or any such shares of Common Stock are repurchased by the Corporation at cost, such shares of Common Stock (including shares subject to such Options) shall not be counted toward the maximum number set forth above unless and until such shares are regranted as new stock grants (or as new Options) pursuant to the terms of any of the Plans;

 

(iv)                                                                           shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options outstanding as of the Effective Time or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Effective Time, in each case provided that such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

(v)                               shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options issued after the Effective Time or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities issued after the Effective Time, in each case provided that (x) such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security and (y) all adjustments to the Conversion Prices applicable to the Preferred Stock resulting from the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities have been made in accordance with Subsection 4.4.3 .

 

(b)                              Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (including Series II Common Stock), but excluding Options.

 

(c)                                Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.2                 No Adjustment of Conversion Price.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price applicable to the Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives a written waiver of such adjustment from the Requisite Investors; provided , however , that no such waiver of an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock or Series E

 



 

Preferred Stock shall be effective without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class; and provided further , that no such waiver of an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock shall be effective without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

4.4.3                 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(a)                               If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Effective Time shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                              If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred

 



 

Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Effective Time), are revised after the Effective Time as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security and the adjustments set forth in Subsection 4.9 hereof) to provide for either (I) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                              Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ).  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                 Adjustment of Conversion Price Applicable to Preferred Stock.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Effective Time issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to

 



 

Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  x (A + B) (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock and Series II Common Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CPI (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CPI); and

 

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                 Determination of Consideration.  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                               Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                                   insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)                               insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(iii)                           in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed

 



 

as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)                              Options and Convertible Securities.  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

(i)                                   the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)                               the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                 Multiple Closing Dates.  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                             Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time, effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Convertible Stock, the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such class or series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a corresponding combination of the Convertible Stock, the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such class or series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this

 



 

subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6                             Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Effective Time shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)                               the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                               the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price applicable to a class and series of Convertible Stock if the holders of such class or series of Convertible Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                             Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Effective Time shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Convertible Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                             Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc.  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization,

 



 

reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Convertible Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Convertible Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Convertible Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price applicable to the Convertible Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Convertible Stock.

 

4.9                             Special Adjustments.

 

4.9.1                 Special Adjustment to Multiple.  If, at any time after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time, the Initial Exchange Ratio or Adjusted Exchange Ratio (each as defined in the Merger Agreement) is adjusted or further adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 8.2(e) of the Merger Agreement, then, effective upon each such adjustment, the Multiple shall automatically be reset to equal the quotient obtained by dividing the new Adjusted Exchange Ratio by the Initial Exchange Ratio, calculated to the nearest one-millionth.  The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, modify or waive the provisions of Subsection 4.9.1 or 4.9.2 without the written consent or affirmative vote of (i) the Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors and (ii) the Requisite Investors.

 

4.9.2                 Special Adjustment to New Preferred Stock.  In the event the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock is reduced in accordance with Subsection 4.4.4 , then the Conversion Price of each series of New Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such reduction to the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) equal to the lower of (a) if the Conversion Price of such series of New Preferred Stock is entitled to a simultaneous adjustment pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 , the price resulting from such adjustment or (b) the price determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

NPCP 2  = (NPCP 1 ) x ((A) ÷ (B))

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“NPCP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of a series of New Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such reduction in the Conversion Price applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock;

 


 

“NPCP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of a series of New Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such reduction of the Conversion Price applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the new Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock after giving effect to such reduction; and

 

“B” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock immediately prior to giving effect of such reduction.

 

4.9.3    Special Adjustments to Series F Preferred Stock.

 

(a)        Adjustment for Special Adjustment to Multiple.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple pursuant to Section 4.9.1 , the Series F Conversion Price shall be adjusted, concurrently with such adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple, to a price determined in accordance with the following formula (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent):

 

CPF 2  = CPF 1  x ((A - F) ÷ (B - F))

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CPF 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple;

 

“CPF 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect as of the Effective Time and after the Reverse Stock Split;

 

“A” shall mean 46,830,431;

 

“B” shall mean the sum of (1) A and (2) the product of (x) the Multiple minus 1, and (y) 9,146,039; and

 

“F” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 will be deemed to have retroactive effect to the Effective Time such that all adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (other than pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 ) occurring after the Reverse Stock Split and the Effective Time shall be recomputed as if the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock had been adjusted pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 on the Effective Time and all other adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock had occurred subsequently.

 

(b)       Adjustment for Series F Minimum Return Multiple.  With respect to a conversion effected pursuant to Section 5.1 in connection with the Corporation’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act of

 



 

1933, as amended (the “ Public Offering ”), in the event that the public offering price per share of the Corporation’s Common Stock in the Public Offering is less than the product of (A) the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion and (B) Series F Minimum Return Multiple, then immediately prior to, and contingent upon, a conversion pursuant to Section 5.1 , the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be automatically adjusted to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the public offering price per share of the Corporation’s Common Stock in the Public Offering by the Series F Minimum Return Multiple.

 

(c)        Adjustment for Special Adjustment to New Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in the case of any adjustment to the Conversion Price of each series of New Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 4.9.2 (the “ NPS Adjustment ”), the adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock (and solely the Series F Preferred Stock) pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 shall be computed such that the Additional NPS Shares (as defined below) (i) shall constitute “Additional Shares of Common Stock” and (ii) shall be deemed to have been issued for no consideration as of the date of the NPS Adjustment.  The term “ Additional NPS Shares ” shall mean the excess of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock immediately following the NPS Adjustment over (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock immediately prior to the NPS Adjustment.

 

The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise, amend, modify or waive the provisions of Subsection 4.9.1 or this Subsection 4.9.3 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series F Preferred Stock.

 

4.10     Certificate as to Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price applicable to any class or series of Convertible Stock pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of shares of the class or series of Convertible Stock subject to such adjustment a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Convertible Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any such holder of Convertible Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of such class or series of Convertible Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Convertible Stock.

 

4.11     Notice of Record Date.  In the event:

 

(a)        the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution,

 



 

or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)       of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)        of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Convertible Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Convertible Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.         Mandatory Conversion.

 

5.1       Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion.  Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a public offering price per share reflecting an equity valuation of the Corporation immediately prior to the closing of the public offering (calculated assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and that all in-the-money options and warrants, as measured by the Qualified Public Offering Price, whether or not vested, are exercised and repurchased by the Corporation from the proceeds of such exercise at the Qualified Public Offering Price, and excluding all other outstanding options and warrants and any remaining option pool pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans) of at least $450 million in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds (before any deduction for underwriting discounts or commissions) to the Corporation (a “ Qualified  Public Offering ”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Preferred Conversion Time ”) of (i) the Requisite Investors, (ii) holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) voting together as a separate class, and (iii) holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, then, in each case, (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective applicable Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock, and (y) such shares of Preferred Stock may not be reissued by the Corporation.  For the purposes of this paragraph, “ Qualified Public Offering Price ” shall mean the price at which the

 



 

Corporation’s Common Stock is sold to the public as reflected on the cover of the final prospectus of the Qualified Public Offering.

 

5.2       Common Stock Mandatory Conversion.  Upon the earliest of (a) the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock in accordance with Subsection 5.1 above, (b) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, or (c) the occurrence of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or a Deemed Liquidation Event (the time of any such event is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Common Conversion Time ”; and, together, with the Mandatory Preferred Conversion Time, each a “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (x) all outstanding shares of Series II Common Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Price for the Series II Common Stock, and (y) such shares of Series II Common Stock may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.3       Procedural Requirements.  All holders of record of shares Convertible Stock subject to mandatory conversion at a Mandatory Conversion Time (the “ Mandatory Conversion Stock ”) shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of such shares of Convertible Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .  At the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time, all outstanding shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Mandatory Conversion Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the penultimate sentence of this Subsection 5.3 .  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Mandatory Conversion Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock converted.  Such converted Mandatory Conversion Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action)

 



 

as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock accordingly.

 

6.         Redemption.

 

6.1       Redemption.  Shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Original Issue Price thereof, plus the per share amount of all dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time, from the Requisite Investors of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”).  On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem that number of outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).  If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of such shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares.  The Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

 

6.2       Redemption Notice.  Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be sent to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date.  Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)        the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)       the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

 

(c)        the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and

 

(d)       that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

6.3       Surrender of Certificates; Payment.  On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in

 



 

the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

6.4       Rights Subsequent to Redemption.  If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

7.         Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares.  Any shares of Convertible Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Convertible Stock following redemption or conversion.

 

8.         Waiver.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Investors.

 

9.         Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent (a) for holders within the United States, upon mailing, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, (b) for holders outside of the United States, two days after deposit with an overnight courier service and specified for two-day delivery, or (c) for any holder, upon electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH:  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 



 

EIGHTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH:  The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

 

1.          Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

2.         Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers.  The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

 



 

3.         Claims by Directors and Officers.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

4.         Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding.  The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5.         Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6.         Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

7.         Other Indemnification.  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

8.         Insurance.  The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance:  (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in

 



 

which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

 

9.         Amendment or Repeal.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.  The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

ELEVENTH:  The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

* * *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 13 th  day of June, 2013.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

 

 

William Day

 

 

President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

William Day hereby certifies that:

 

ONE:         The original name of this company is Tremor Media, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was September 1, 2006.

 

TWO:         He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

THREE:     The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

I.

 

The name of this company is TREMOR VIDEO, INC. (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

 

II.

 

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

III.

 

The purpose of this Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

IV.

 

A.        This Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 260,000,000 shares. 250,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001). 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001).

 

B.         The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of

 



 

such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

C.        Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

V.

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

 

A.        MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

B.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2



 

C.        REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

a.         Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

b.         Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

 

D.        VACANCIES. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

E.         BYLAW AMENDMENTS.

 

1.         The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

2.         The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

3.         No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

4.         Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

 

VI.

 

A.        The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

 

B.         To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through

 

3



 

Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

 

C.        Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

 

VII.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

 

VIII.

 

A.        The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

B.         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

 

* * * *

 

FOUR:             This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

FIVE:               This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Tremor Video, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this _____ day of _________ 2013.

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

William Day

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

5




Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

of

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.
a Delaware corporation ARTICLE I

 

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1                             Place of Meetings .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation unless a different place (anywhere in the United States) is fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

1.2                             Annual Meetings .  An annual meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote shall be held on the first (1st) day of June at 11:00 o'clock A.M. If it shall not have been held on the date fixed or by adjournment therefrom, a meeting in lieu of the annual meeting shall be held within six (6) months after the end of the fiscal year.

 

1.3                             Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders entitled to vote may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or by a majority of the Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, on written application of one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote and who hold at least twenty-five percent (25%) interest of the capital stock entitled to vote, stating the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting.

 

1.4                             Notice of Meetings .  A written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the date, time, place and purpose for which the meeting is called shall be given by the Secretary or other person calling the meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, is entitled to such notice, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, by mailing it postage prepaid and addressed to him at his address as it appears on the books of the Corporation or by sending it by facsimile or electronic mail. No notice of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be given to any stockholder if a written waiver of notice executed before or after the meeting by the stockholder, or his attorney thereunto authorized, is filed with the records of the meeting.

 

1.5                             Adjournments .  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place in the United States by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting, although less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside or to act as Secretary of such meeting if no stockholder is present. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment. Any business that could have been transacted at any meeting of the stockholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment thereof.

 



 

1.6                             Quorum of Stockholders .  At any meeting of the stockholders, more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

 

1.7                             Votes and Proxies .  Each stockholder shall have one (1) vote for each share of stock having voting power owned by him. Stockholders may vote in person or by proxy. No proxy that is dated more than six (6) months before the meeting named therein shall be accepted. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof, before being voted. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons named therein to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two (2) or more persons shall be valid if executed by one (1) of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one (1) of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

 

1.8                             Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present, the holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a matter (or if there are two (2) or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes then, in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of that class present or represented and voting on a matter) shall decide any matter to be voted on by the stockholders, except where a larger vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. No ballot shall be required for any such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its stock.

 

1.9                             Action without Meeting .  Any action to be taken by the stockholders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent(s), setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of stockholder meetings are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

2.1                             Powers .  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors which may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

2



 

2.2                             Election .  A Board of Directors consisting of such number not less than three (3) as shall be fixed by the Directors and shall be elected by the stockholders at each annual meeting. A Director need not be a stockholder.

 

2.3                           Tenure .  The Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and thereafter until their successors are chosen and qualified, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws. Any Director may resign by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President, Secretary or Directors, and such resignation shall become effective upon receipt unless another time is specified therein.

 

2.4                             Removal .  A Director may be removed from office with or without cause at any meeting of the stockholders by vote of the stockholders holding more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote in the election of such Directors.

 

2.5                             Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Directors may be held without notice at such places and at such times as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided that any Director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Directors shall be held without notice at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, following such meeting of stockholders. Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or two (2) or more Directors.

 

2.6                             Notice of Meetings .  Notice of the date, time, place and purpose of every special meeting of the Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person, by electronic mail or by telephone or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice executed by him before or after the meeting is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Director who attends the meeting without objecting to the lack of notice prior to the meeting or at the commencement thereof. A waiver of notice of a Directors' meeting need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.7                             Quorum of Directors .  At any meeting of the Directors, a majority of the Directors at the time in office shall constitute a quorum, but a less number may adjourn any meeting from time to time without further notice. Unless otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, business may be transacted by vote of a majority of those in attendance at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

2.8                             Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director.

 

3



 

2.9                             Chairman of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors from among its members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall preside at all meetings of the Directors and at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

2.10                     Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

2.11                     Action without Meeting .  Any action that may be taken by the Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all Directors entitled to vote thereon consent thereto by a writing filed with the records of the Directors' meetings. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting of the Directors.

 

2.12                     Presumption of Assent .  A Director who is present at a meeting of the Directors at which any action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right of dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted at the meeting in favor of such action.

 

2.13                     Action by Telephone .  The Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

ARTICLE III
OFFICERS

 

3.1                           Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries as the Directors may determine.

 

3.2                             Election .  The President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

4



 

3.3                             Qualification .  No officer need be a Director or a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Secretary shall be a resident of Delaware unless the Corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. Any officer may be required by the Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties to the Corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the Directors may determine.

 

3.4                             Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the President, Treasurer and Secretary shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders and thereafter until his successor is chosen and qualified; and all other officers shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders, unless a shorter term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing them.  Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President, if any, or President or Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

3.5                             Vacancies .  Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Directors at a meeting called for that purpose.  When any officer is, in the opinion of the Directors, unable to perform his duties, they may by vote appoint a temporary officer to act until further vote by them, with power to perform all or part of the duties of such officer.

 

3.6                             Removal .  The Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, provided, that an officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                             President and Vice President .

 

(a)                                The President.  Except as otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of its business, and the President shall otherwise have such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                               The Vice President.  The Vice President, if any, or in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election, shall, in the absence of the President or in the event of his disability, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

3.8                             Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Directors may otherwise provide.  Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.

 

3.9                             Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall keep a record of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors.  Unless a Transfer Agent is appointed, the Secretary shall

 

5



 

keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Corporation or at his office, the stock and transfer records of the Corporation, in which are contained the names of all stockholders and the record address, and the amount of stock held by each.  Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.  In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

 

3.10                     Other Powers and Duties .  Each officer shall, subject to these Bylaws, have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these Bylaws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1                             Certificates of Stock .  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by the Directors.  The certificate shall be signed by the President or Vice President and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, such signatures may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue.

 

Every certificate for shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth on the face or back either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy to the holder of such certificate on written request and without charge.  Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights, and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate on written request and without charge.

 

4.2                             Transfer on Books .  All shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation except when closed as provided by the Bylaws, upon surrender of the certificate therefor duly endorsed, or accompanied by a separate document containing an assignment of the certificate or a power of attorney to sell, assign, or transfer the same, or the shares represented thereby, with all such endorsements or signatures guaranteed if required by the Corporation. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize as exclusive the rights of a person registered on its books as the owner of legal title to shares, to the full extent permitted by law. The stock-transfer and other books of the Corporation may be closed by order of the Directors for sixty (60) days or any lesser period previous to any meeting of stockholders or any day appointed for the payment of a dividend or for any other purpose.

 

6



 

4.3                             Lost Certificates .  In case any certificate of stock of the Corporation shall be lost or destroyed, a new certificate may be issued in lieu thereof on reasonable evidence of such loss or destruction, and upon such indemnity being given within the limits permitted by law as the Directors may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

 

4.4                             Issue of Stock .  Unless otherwise voted by the Incorporator or stockholders, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued or disposed of by vote of the Directors in such manner, for such consideration, and on such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

4.5                             No Fractional Shares .  The Corporation shall issue no fractional shares to any stockholder and upon any action which would require such issuance but for this provision, the Corporation shall, in lieu of such issuance, pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

5.1          Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day in December each year.

 

5.2          Seal .  The seal of the Corporation shall bear its name and the year of its incorporation or such other device or inscription as the Directors may determine.

 

5.3          Execution of Instruments .  All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations authorized to be executed by an officer of the Corporation in its behalf shall be signed by the Chairman, President or the Treasurer except as the Directors may generally or in particular cases otherwise determine.

 

5.4          Voting of Securities .  Except as the Directors may otherwise designate, the Chairman, the President- or Treasurer may waive notice of, and appoint any person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by the Corporation.

 

5.5          Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to be to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

5.6          Depository Authority .  Any Chairman, President, Vice President or Treasurer, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, shall designate the banks and the name, whether it be the Corporate name or the name of one of them or the name of other persons connected with the Corporation or tradenames, in which such accounts shall be opened and kept and shall designate the persons who shall have authority on behalf of the Corporation to sign checks against such funds, to the extent of such funds in said accounts only, and the persons who shall have authority to endorse and make payable to the order of said banks, checks, drafts and other

 

7



 

negotiable instruments, for deposit in said banks, and to deposit such checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments in said accounts.

 

ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENTS

 

Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company may be amended pursuant to this Article VI. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any annual or special meeting by vote of the stockholders holding a majority of the shares having voting power, provided that the nature or substance of the proposed amendment shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. These Bylaws may also be amended without the approval or ratification of the stockholders by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; provided, however, that the Board of Directors must provide notice to the stockholders of any such amendment no later than sixty (60) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

8


 



Exhibit 3.4

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

1

Section 1.

Registered Office

 

1

Section 2.

Other Offices

 

1

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

 

1

Section 3.

Corporate Seal

 

1

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

1

Section 4.

Place Of Meetings

 

1

Section 5.

Annual Meetings

 

1

Section 6.

Special Meetings

 

5

Section 7.

Notice Of Meetings

 

6

Section 8.

Quorum

 

7

Section 9.

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

 

7

Section 10.

Voting Rights

 

7

Section 11.

Joint Owners Of Stock

 

8

Section 12.

List Of Stockholders

 

8

Section 13.

Action Without Meeting

 

8

Section 14.

Organization

 

8

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

 

9

Section 15.

Number And Term Of Office

 

9

Section 16.

Powers

 

9

Section 17.

Classes of Directors.

 

9

Section 18.

Vacancies

 

10

Section 19.

Resignation

 

10

Section 20.

Removal

 

10

Section 21.

Meetings

 

11

Section 22.

Quorum And Voting

 

12

Section 23.

Action Without Meeting

 

12

Section 24.

Fees And Compensation

 

12

Section 25.

Committees

 

12

Section 26.

Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors

 

13

Section 27.

Organization

 

14

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

14

 

-i-



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

Section 28.

Officers Designated

 

14

Section 29.

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

 

14

Section 30.

Delegation Of Authority

 

16

Section 31.

Resignations

 

16

Section 32.

Removal

 

16

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

 

16

Section 33.

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

 

16

Section 34.

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

 

17

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

 

17

Section 35.

Form And Execution Of Certificates

 

17

Section 36.

Lost Certificates

 

17

Section 37.

Transfers

 

17

Section 38.

Fixing Record Dates

 

18

Section 39.

Registered Stockholders

 

18

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

18

Section 40.

Execution Of Other Securities

 

18

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

 

19

Section 41.

Declaration Of Dividends

 

19

Section 42.

Dividend Reserve

 

19

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

 

19

Section 43.

Fiscal Year

 

19

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

 

20

Section 44.

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

 

20

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

 

23

Section 45.

Notices

 

23

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

 

24

Section 46.

 

 

24

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

24

Section 47.

Loans To Officers

 

24

 

-ii-



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.        Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

 

Section 2.        Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

Section 3.        Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 4.        Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

Section 5.        Annual Meetings.

 

(a)        The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

-1-



 

stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(b)       At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

 

(i)         For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

(ii)        Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A)

 

-2-



 

as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

 

(iii)       To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iv)       The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

-3-



 

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

 

(w)       the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

 

(x)        which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

 

(y)        the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

 

(z)        which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

 

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

 

(c)        A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered

 

-4-



 

timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(e)        A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

(f)        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

 

(g)        For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

 

(i)         public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

 

(ii)        affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

 

Section 6.        Special Meetings.

 

(a)        Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

-5-


 

(b)                              The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

 

(c)                                Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(d)                              Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

Section 7.                                Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the

 

-6-



 

express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 8.                                Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

Section 9.                                Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 10.                        Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every

 

-7-



 

person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11.                        Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

 

Section 12.                        List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

Section 13.                        Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

Section 14.                        Organization.

 

(a)                               At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson. The Chairperson of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

-8-



 

(b)                              The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 15.                        Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

 

Section 16.                        Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 17.                        Classes of Directors.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of

 

-9-



 

stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 18.                        Vacancies.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

Section 19.                        Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Secretary, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 20.                        Removal.

 

(a)                               Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

-10-



 

(b)                              Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 21.                        Meetings.

 

(a)                               Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                              Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

 

(c)                                Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(d)                              Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(e)                                Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

-11-



 

Section 22.                        Quorum And Voting.

 

(a)                               Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

 

(b)                              At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 23.                        Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 24.                        Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 25.                        Committees.

 

(a)                               Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

-12-



 

(b)                              Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

(c)                                Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

(d)                              Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 26.                        Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

-13-



 

Section 27.                        Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting.  The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 28.                        Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 29.                        Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

 

(a)                               General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                              Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(c)                                Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present.

 

-14-



 

Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(d)                              Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(e)                                Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(f)                                 Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

-15-


 

(g)                               Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 30.                        Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 31.                        Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

Section 32.                        Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

 

Section 33.                        Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

 

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

 

-16-



 

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

Section 34.                        Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES OF STOCK

 

Section 35.                        Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 36.                        Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

Section 37.                        Transfers.

 

(a)                               Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

-17-



 

(b)                              The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 38.                        Fixing Record Dates.

 

(a)                               In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                              In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 39.                        Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

Section 40.                        Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate

 

-18-



 

security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 41.                        Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

Section 42.                        Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 43.                        Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

-19-



 

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 44.                        Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

 

(a)                               Directors and executive officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “ executive officers ” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

(b)                              Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(c)                                Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding,

 

-20-



 

whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

(d)                              Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

(e)                                Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or

 

-21-



 

agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

(f)                                 Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(g)                               Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

 

(h)                              Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

(i)                                   Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

(j)                                  Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)                                   The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

(ii)                               The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

(iii)                           The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving

 

-22-



 

corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(iv)                           References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

(v)                               References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this section.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

NOTICES

 

Section 45.                        Notices.

 

(a)                               Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

(b)                              Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with notice other than one which is delivered personally to be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

 

(c)                                Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

(d)                              Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may

 

-23-



 

be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

(e)                                Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

(f)                                 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 46.                        Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 45(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

Section 47.                        Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is

 

-24-



 

a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-25-




Exhibit 4.1

 

GRAPHIC

 


 

 




 

Nicole C. Brookshire

T: +1 617 937 2357

nbrookshire@cooley.com

EXHIBIT 5.1

 

 

 

June  14, 2013

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

53 W. 23 rd  St.

New York, New York 10010

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested our opinion with respect to certain matters in connection with the filing by Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a Registration Statement (No. 333-188813) on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to eight million six hundred twenty-five thousand (8,625,000) shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “ Shares ”), including one million one hundred twenty five thousand (1,125,000) shares for which the underwriters have been granted an over-allotment option.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect, (c) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement, each of which is to be in effect upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, and (d) the originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below, and (ii) assumed that the Shares to be sold to the underwriters by the Company will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Pricing Committee thereof in accordance with Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have undertaken no independent verification with respect to such matters. We have assumed the genuineness and authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the due execution and delivery of all documents where due execution and delivery are a prerequisite to the effectiveness thereof.  As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not sought independently to verify such matters. Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion as to whether the laws of any particular jurisdiction are applicable to the subject matter hereof.  We are not rendering any opinion as to compliance with any federal or state antifraud law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500 BOYLSTON STREET, BOSTON, MA 02116-3736  T: (617) 937-2300  F: (617) 937-2400  WWW.COOLEY.COM

 



 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Page 2

 

 

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,

 

Cooley LLP

 

 

By:

/s/Nicole Brookshire

 

 

Nicole Brookshire, Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500 BOYLSTON STREET, BOSTON, MA 02116-3736  T: (617) 937-2300  F: (617) 937-2400  WWW.COOLEY.COM

 


 



Exhibit 10.12

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 9, 2013

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:  JUNE 12, 2013

IPO DATE/EFFECTIVE DATE: [                    ], 2013

 

 

1.                                     GENERAL.

 

(a)                               Eligible Award Recipients.   Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

 

(b)                              Available Awards.   The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

 

(c)                                Purpose.   The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.                                     ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                               Administration by Board.   The Board will administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)                              Powers of Board.   The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                   To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

(ii)                               To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards.  The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

 

(iii)                           To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

 

1.



 

(iv)                           To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

 

(v)                               To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

 

(vi)                           To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law.  If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

 

(vii)                       To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

 

(viii)                   To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock

 

2.



 

Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

 

(ix)                           Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

 

(x)                               To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

 

(xi)                           To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2)  Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(c)                                Delegation to Committee.

 

(i)                                   General.   The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable).  Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable).  The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(ii)                               Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.   The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

 

(d)                              Delegation to an Officer.   The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to

 

3.



 

such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself.  Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority.  The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(x)(iii) below.

 

(e)                                Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                                     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a)                               Share Reserve.  Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 1,333,333 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”).  In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st  of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st  of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2023, in an amount equal to 4% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st  of the preceding calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st  of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st  increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.  For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.  Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).  Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(b)                              Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.  If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.



 

(c)                                Incentive Stock Option Limit.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 53,333,333 shares of Common Stock.

 

(d)                              Section 162(m) Limitations .  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

 

(i)                                   A maximum of 6,666,666 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(ii)                               A maximum of 3,333,333 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

 

(iii)                           A maximum of $10,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

 

(e)                                Source of Shares.   The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.                                     ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                               Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its

 

5.



 

legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b)                              Ten Percent Stockholders.   A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

5.                                     PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

 

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)                               Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(b)                              Exercise Price.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.  Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

 

(c)                                Purchase Price for Options.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below.  The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment.  The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)                                   by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)           pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in

 

6.



 

either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)                           by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)                           if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

 

(v)                               in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(d)                              Exercise and Payment of a SAR.   To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR.  The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date.  The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

 

(e)                                Transferability of Options and SARs.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

 

(i)                                   Restrictions on Transfer.   An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws.  Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

 

(ii)                               Domestic Relations Orders.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a

 

7.



 

domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2).  If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(iii)                           Beneficiary Designation.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

 

(f)                                 Vesting Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

 

(g)                               Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

 

(h)                              Extension of Termination Date.   If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock

 

8.



 

received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(i)                                   Disability of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(j)                                  Death of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(k)                              Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(l)                                   Non-Exempt Employees .  If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which

 

9.


 

such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.  To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6.                                     PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

 

(a)                               Restricted Stock Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                   Consideration.   A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                               Vesting.  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii)                           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.   If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                           Transferability.   Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

10.



 

(v)                               Dividends.  A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

(b)                              Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                   Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                               Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)                           Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                           Additional Restrictions.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

(v)                               Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)                           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

11.



 

(c)                                Performance Awards .

 

(i)                                   Performance Stock Awards .  A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.  In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

 

(ii)                               Performance Cash Awards .  A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service.  At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.  The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

 

(iii)                           Board Discretion .  The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period.  Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

(iv)                           Section 162(m) Compliance .  Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain.  Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock).  Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits

 

12.



 

granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(d)                              Other Stock Awards .  Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.                                     COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

(a)                               Availability of Shares.   The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

 

(b)                              Securities Law Compliance.   The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

(c)                                No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.  The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8.                                     MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)                               Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                              Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as

 

13.



 

of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.  In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

(c)                                Stockholder Rights.   No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                              No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                Change in Time Commitment.   In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award.  In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(f)                                 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as

 

14.



 

Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(g)                               Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(h)                              Withholding Obligations.   Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(i)                                   Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

 

(j)                                  Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may

 

15.



 

receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(k)                              Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

 

(l)                                   Clawback/Recovery .  All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

9.                                     ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

 

(a)                               Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per

 

16.



 

share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                              Dissolution or Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                                Corporate Transaction.   The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i)                                   arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

(ii)                               arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

(iii)                           accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

 

(iv)                           arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

17.



 

(v)                               cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

 

(vi)                           make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

 

(d)                              Change in Control.   A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10.                             PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11.                             EXISTENCE OF THE PLAN; TIMING OF FIRST GRANT OR EXERCISE.

 

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date (that is, the Effective Date).  In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

12.                             CHOICE OF LAW.

 

The law of the State of New York will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                             DEFINITIONS.  As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                               Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  The Board will have

 

18.



 

the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                              Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

 

(c)                                Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

(d)                              Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

 

(f)                                 Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(g)                               Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(h)                              Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                   any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B)

 

19.



 

on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)                               there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

 

(iii)                           there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the

 

20.


 

definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

 

(iv)                           individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

 

(i)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(j)                                  Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(k)                              Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

 

(l)                                   Company ” means Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(m)                          Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

(n)                              Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to

 

21.



 

qualify as an Affiliate.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

 

(o)                               Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                   a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                               a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)                           a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)                           a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(p)                              Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

(q)                              Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(r)                                Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(s)                                 Effective Date ” means the IPO Date.

 

(t)                                  Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(u)                              Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

22.



 

(v)                               Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w)                           Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(x)                               Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                   If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)                               Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)                           In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

(y)                               Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(z)                                IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

(aa)                       Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business

 

23.



 

relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

(bb)                     Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(cc)                         Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(dd)                     Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(ee)                         Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ff)                           Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(gg)                       Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

 

(hh)                     Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant.  Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ii)                               Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(jj)                             Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(kk)                     Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(ll)                               Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

 

24.



 

(mm)             Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) user satisfaction; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) capital expenditures; (xxxii) debt levels; (xxxiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiv) workforce diversity; (xxxv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxvi) billings; (xxxvii) bookings; (xxxviii) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xxxix) employee retention; (xxxx) and to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

 

(nn)                     Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.  Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices.  Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs

 

25.



 

incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

(oo)                       Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.  Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

(pp)                     Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

 

(qq)                     Plan ” means this Tremor Video, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(rr)                         Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(ss)                           Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(tt)                             Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(uu)                     Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(vv)                       Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

(ww)               Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(xx)                       Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

(yy)                       Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a

 

26.



 

Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(zz)                         Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

 

(aaa)               Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(bbb)            Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

(ccc)                  Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

27.




Exhibit 10.13

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below.  This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement and in the Plan, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.  Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

 

 

Optionholder:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:

 

þ Incentive Stock Option 1  

o Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule :

 

Same as Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

[ TBA]

 

 

 

Payment:

 

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

 

 

 

 

ý    By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

ý    Pursuant to a Regulation T Program, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

o    By delivery of already-owned shares, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

o    If and only to the extent the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan.  As of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the option, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern the option and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law.  By accepting the option, Optionholder consents to receive documents governing the option by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

 

 


1   This Incentive Stock Option (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year.  Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.



 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :  Option Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2.



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice.  The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”).  If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.                                     VESTING.   Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.                                     NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE.   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and the exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments as provided in the Plan.

 

3.                                     EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES.   If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

 

4.                                     EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”).   You may not exercise your option prior to vesting.

 

5.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT.   You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise.  You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

1.



 

(a)                               Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.  This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

 

(b)                              Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.  “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company.  You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

(c)                                If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.  You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

6.                                     WHOLE SHARES.   You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

7.                                     SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.   In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

 

8.                                     TERM.   You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term.  The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)                               immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

2.



 

(b)                              three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because doing so would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)                                twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 

(d)                              eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 

(e)                                the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(f)                                 the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

9.                                     EXERCISE.

 

(a)                               You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company), or making the required electronic election with the Company’s designated broker, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s, stock plan administrator, or such other

 

3.



 

person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)                              By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)                                If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

10.                             TRANSFERABILITY.   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)                               Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust.  You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)                              Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer.  You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.  If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(c)                                Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

4.



 

11.                             OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT.

 

(a)                               Nothing in this Option Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your option or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your option), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Option Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Option Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Option Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)                              The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”).  Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Option Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in your option. This Option Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Option Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

12.                             WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)                               At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as the Company requests, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

 

(b)                              If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

 

(c)                                You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied.  Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no

 

5.



 

obligation to issue a certificate for shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

13.                             TAX CONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that your option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

 

14.                             NOTICES.   Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and your option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  By accepting your option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

15.                             GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT.   Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.  In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or for a “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

16.                             OTHER DOCUMENTS .  You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.  In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

17.                             EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS .  The value of your option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

6.



 

18.                             VOTING RIGHTS .  You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to your option until such shares are issued to you.   Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company.  Nothing contained in your option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

19.                             SEVERABILITY .  If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

20.                             MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                               The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)                              You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

 

(c)                                You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

 

(d)                              This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)                                All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

 

*                                         *                                         *

 

 

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement and in the Plan, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

 

 

Optionholder:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:

o Incentive Stock Option

þ Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule :

Same as Vesting Schedule

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

[ TBA]

 

 

Payment:

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

 

 

ý

By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

 

ý

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

 

o

By delivery of already-owned shares, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

 

o

If and only to the extent the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s

 

consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the option, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern the option and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law.  By accepting the option, Optionholder consents to receive documents governing the option by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

1.



 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2.



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.                                     VESTING. Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.                                     NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and the exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments as provided in the Plan.

 

3.                                     EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES.    If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

 

4.                                     EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). You may not exercise your option prior to vesting.

 

5.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

1.



 

(a)                               Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

 

(b)                              Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

(c)                                If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

6.                                     WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

7.                                     SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.   In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

 

8.                                     TERM. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)                                      immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

2.



 

(b)                              three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because doing so would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)                                twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 

(d)                              eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 

(e)                                the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(f)                                 the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

9.                                     EXERCISE.

 

(a)                               You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company), or making the required electronic election with the Company’s designated broker, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s, stock plan administrator, or such other

 

3.



 

person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)                              By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)                                If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

10.                             TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)                               Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)                              Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer.  You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(c)                                Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

4.



 

11.                             OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT.

 

(a)                               Nothing in this Option Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your option or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your option), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Option Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Option Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Option Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)                              The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Option Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in your option. This Option Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Option Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

12.                             WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)                               At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as the Company requests, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

 

(b)                              If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

 

(c)                                You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no

 

5.



 

obligation to issue a certificate for shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

13.                             TAX CONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that your option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

 

14.                             NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and your option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting your option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

15.                             GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or for a “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

16.                             OTHER DOCUMENTS .  You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

17.                             EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS . The value of your option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

6.



 

18.                             VOTING RIGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to your option until such shares are issued to you.  Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company.  Nothing contained in your option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

19.                             SEVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

20.                             MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                               The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)                              You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

 

(c)                                You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

 

(d)                              This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)                                All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

 

 

*        *        *

 

 

 

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 



Exhibit 10.15

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has awarded you (“ Participant ”) a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Award ”) pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Stock Units/shares indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or the Grant Notice shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice, are as follows.

 

1.         GRANT OF THE AWARD. This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Common Stock for each Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “ Account ”) the number of Stock Units/shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company.

 

2.         VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the shares credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock.

 

3.         NUMBER OF SHARES. The number of Stock Units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Stock Units and shares covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

4.         SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any Common Stock under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock underlying the Stock Units are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you shall not receive such Common Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

5.         TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For

 

1.



 

example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Stock Units.

 

(a)        Death . Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, vesting of your Award will cease and your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, any Common Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.

 

(b)       Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration hereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company General Counsel prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

 

6.         DATE OF ISSUANCE.

 

(a)        The issuance of shares in respect of the Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in this Agreement, in the event one or more Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above). The issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date ”.

 

(b)       If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

 

(i)         the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and

 

(ii)        either (1) Withholding Taxes do not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Taxes in cash,

 

then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which

 

2.



 

the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

(c)        The form of delivery ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

7.         DIVIDENDS. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

8.         RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The shares of Common Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

 

9.         EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Award.

 

10.       AWARD NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT .

 

(a)        Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)       The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

3.



 

11.       WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)        On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).  Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, if applicable, with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income; and provided further, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

 

(b)       Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

 

(c)        In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

12.       TAX CONSEQUENCES. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.



 

13.       UNSECURED OBLIGATION. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

14.       NOTICES . Any notice or request required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing to each of the other parties hereto and shall be deemed effectively given on the earlier of (i) the date of personal delivery, including delivery by express courier, or delivery via electronic means, or (ii) the date that is five (5) days after deposit in the United States Post Office (whether or not actually received by the addressee), by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed at the following addresses, or at such other address(es) as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

COMPANY:

Tremor Video, Inc.

 

Attn: [Stock Administrator]

 

53 West 23rd Street

 

New York, New York 10010

 

 

PARTICIPANT:

Your address as on file with the Company

 

at the time notice is given

 

15.       HEADINGS . The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Agreement.

 

16.       MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)        The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)       You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

 

(c)        You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

 

5.



 

(d)       This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)        All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

17.       GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

18.       EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

19.       CHOICE OF LAW. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the state of New York without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

20.       SEVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

21.       OTHER DOCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Insider Trading and Trading Window Policy .

 

22.       AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board

 

6.



 

by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

23.       COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

* * * * *

 

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Participant upon the signing by the Participant of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.


 



Exhibit 10.16

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE
(2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Stock Units ”) set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

 

Participant:

 

 

 

ID:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Grant Number:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Stock Units/Shares:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

The shares subject to the Award shall vest as follows: [________________________________]

 

 

 

 

Issuance Schedule:

Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each restricted stock unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of the Common Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the terms of this Award with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement entered into between the Company and Participant specifying the terms that should govern this specific Award, and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 



 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :                       Award Agreement and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

SUMMARY OF NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

 

 

 

 

Our non-employee director compensation policy becomes effective upon the closing of our initial public offering. Pursuant to this policy, non-employee directors will be compensated $30,000 annually for their services and will not receive any additional compensation for any regular board meeting attended. Our lead non-employee director will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000. Non-employee directors will receive $5,000 annually for serving on the audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, directors who are chairpersons of a particular committee will also receive additional annual compensation of $15,000 for the audit committee, and $10,000 for the compensation committee, and $7,500 for the nominating and corporate governance committee. Non-employee directors will also be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors. Non-employee directors will be granted annually equity-based awards having an aggregate grant date fair value of $100,000 in the form of restricted stock units. Any restricted stock unit grant will vest in full on the meeting date of the next annual stockholders’ meeting. Newly appointed directors will receive equity-based awards having an aggregate grant date fair value of $200,000 which may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock units, or a combination of both. These awards will vest under the same terms as the annual awards.

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,”  “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 3, 2013, except for Note 17, as to which the date is June 13, 2013, in the amended registration statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Tremor Video, Inc. dated June 14, 2013.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

New York, NY

 

 

June 13, 2013